CN1353842A - Portfolio investment guideline compliance and financial fund administration system - Google Patents
Portfolio investment guideline compliance and financial fund administration system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CN1353842A CN1353842A CN 00808296 CN00808296A CN1353842A CN 1353842 A CN1353842 A CN 1353842A CN 00808296 CN00808296 CN 00808296 CN 00808296 A CN00808296 A CN 00808296A CN 1353842 A CN1353842 A CN 1353842A
- Authority
- CN
- China
- Prior art keywords
- fund
- financial
- data
- information
- user
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
- G06Q—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- G06Q40/00—Finance; Insurance; Tax strategies; Processing of corporate or income taxes
- G06Q40/06—Asset management; Financial planning or analysis
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
- Finance (AREA)
- Accounting & Taxation (AREA)
- Development Economics (AREA)
- Operations Research (AREA)
- Game Theory and Decision Science (AREA)
- Human Resources & Organizations (AREA)
- Entrepreneurship & Innovation (AREA)
- Economics (AREA)
- Marketing (AREA)
- Strategic Management (AREA)
- Technology Law (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Financial Or Insurance-Related Operations Such As Payment And Settlement (AREA)
Abstract
Description
发明领域field of invention
本发明涉及金融基金管理领域,诸如互助基金和抚恤基金。特别是,本发明涉及为这种金融基金执行投资导则遵从(guideline compliance)测试和定期报告例如税务报告等的系统。The invention relates to the field of financial fund management, such as mutual funds and pension funds. In particular, the invention relates to a system for performing investment guideline compliance tests and periodic reporting such as tax reporting etc. for such financial funds.
背景技术Background technique
金融基金(也称为投资手段(investment vehicles))由各种由基金管理者管理的金融证券的集合组成。投资手段可以包括互助基金,单位信托,抚恤金计划等。基金参加者自己投资到投资手段中,为购买金融证券提供现金。基金管理者作关于销售和购买(或"交易")不同金融证券的决定,试图使基金的价值最优,也就是说为投资者的投资回报。然而,基金遵守一定的规则以保护投资者,即限制基金管理者可能进行的交易类型和/或设定关于在投资组合(portfolio)中的证券的加权的参数。这些规则可以通过由政府实体颁布的与市场有关的调节从外部施加,这些政府实体例如有证券和兑换委员会(Securities and ExchangeCommission)或国内税收服务(Internal Revenue Service)。其它规则可以由投资手段发起人的投资委员会内部施加。通常,这些规则在基金计划书中发表,包括对投资者做的关于基金结构和管理的说明。集中说,这些规则称为投资或遵从导则。由于大量金融证券形成基金,以及金融证券自身的动态本质,因此保证遵从这些不同的规则可能十分困难。这意味着,必须测试遵从并定期报告(例如每日),以便和变化的投资组合结构和变化的投资组合和证券价值同步。Financial funds (also known as investment vehicles) consist of a collection of various financial securities managed by a fund manager. Investment vehicles can include mutual funds, unit trusts, pension schemes, etc. Fund participants invest themselves in investment instruments that provide cash for the purchase of financial securities. Fund managers make decisions about the sale and purchase (or "trade") of different financial securities in an attempt to optimize the value of the fund, that is to say the return on investment for investors. However, the fund adheres to certain rules to protect investors, namely to limit the types of transactions that the fund manager may make and/or to set parameters regarding the weighting of securities in the portfolio. These rules can be imposed externally through market-related regulations promulgated by governmental entities such as the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Internal Revenue Service. Other rules may be imposed internally by the investment vehicle sponsor's investment committee. Typically, these rules are published in the fund's prospectus, including instructions to investors about the fund's structure and management. Centrally speaking, these rules are called investment or compliance guidelines. Ensuring compliance with these different rules can be difficult due to the large number of financial securities that form funds, and the dynamic nature of financial securities themselves. This means that compliance must be tested and reported on a regular basis (eg, daily) to keep pace with changing portfolio structures and changing portfolio and security values.
通常,金融基金的管理由金融机构例如银行处理。基金管理者,金融机构的"客户"将为某种特定的基金作出一系列证券的交易。这些交易事项报告到金融机构来解决。这一解决功能由金融机构的"监管"部执行。该机构还可以维护在其"会计"部内为该基金的帐簿或记录。另外,金融机构还可以执行交易事项记账,计算由特定基金者持有的价值,投资组合价值,基金投资的回报和导则遵从,也就是说,在其"遵从"部内检查基金对各种可应用的投资导则的遵从。当前,投资导则遵从由遵从分析员或专门的遵从服务队伍使用手工或半手工处理决定。Typically, the management of financial funds is handled by financial institutions such as banks. The fund manager, the "client" of the financial institution will make a series of transactions for a particular fund. These transactions are reported to the financial institution for resolution. This resolution function is carried out by the "supervision" department of the financial institution. The institution may also maintain books or records within its "accounting" department for the fund. In addition, financial institutions may also perform transaction bookkeeping, calculation of the value held by specific fund owners, portfolio values, returns on fund investments and guideline compliance, that is, within its "compliance" department, check the fund's compliance with various Compliance with applicable investment guidelines. Currently, investment guideline compliance is determined using manual or semi-manual processes by compliance analysts or specialized compliance services teams.
形成导则遵从测试的规则可以采取多种形式。遵从服务小组建立这些限制的检查表,并在周期的基础上(每日,每周或每月,根据法律、市场或客户需求)相对于投资参数检查交易事项和帐户的控股。这种劳动密集的手工遵从测试非常耗时并易于产生人为的错误,因此需要严格实现的控制过程。另外,通常仅执行一个给定时间点的遵从测试,而不是就整个时间或一个时期。对基金管理者可能还希望考虑在基金的表现上提醒基金规则的效果是什么。这在手工执行时费用可能很高。The rules that form the guideline compliance test can take many forms. The Compliance Services Group establishes a checklist of these limits and reviews transaction and account holdings against investment parameters on a periodic basis (daily, weekly or monthly, as per legal, market or client needs). Such labor-intensive manual compliance testing is time-consuming and prone to human error, and therefore requires a rigorously implemented control process. Also, compliance testing is typically performed only for a given point in time, rather than for the entire time or period. Fund managers may also wish to consider what the effect of reminding the fund of the rules is on the performance of the fund. This can be expensive when performed manually.
基金规则可以限制从一个选择的国家或在一个特定工业来的证券投资量。这种基金规则可以需要持有的基金投资组合不高于日本证券的净资产值的5%。遵从分析员(也就是说,负责检查基金遵从基金导则的人)然后需要分类由有风险的国家的投资组合的控股,并相对于净资产值计算日本控股值的百分比。通常,遵从分析员将拿到打印处理出来的会计报告,在计算机终端上为每一种控股查阅"风险国家"并建立一个计算机电子表格来做上述计算。任何"例外"(亦即对规则的可能违反)用手工记录在检查清单上并按照在对客户-定制的服务水平协定中制定的逐步升级步骤向客户报告。这些计算必须执行,即使当对一种给定的基金没有金融证券的交易时,因为一种给定的证券价值可以相对于剩余的基金变化,给其更大或更小的净资产值。客户所有有关例外的通信记录用手工维持。所有有关遵从执行、例外升级和违反的解除的文件用硬拷贝存储。Fund rules may limit the amount of investment in securities from a selected country or in a particular industry. Such fund rules may require holding no more than 5% of the fund's NAV in Japanese securities. The compliance analyst (that is, the person responsible for checking the fund's compliance with the fund's guidelines) then needs to classify the holdings of the portfolio by risky countries and calculate the percentage value of the Japanese holdings relative to the NAV. Typically, the compliance analyst will take the printed accounting reports, look up the "country at risk" for each holding on a computer terminal and create a computer spreadsheet to do the above calculations. Any "exceptions" (ie possible violations of the rules) are manually noted on a checklist and reported to the customer according to the escalation steps established in the customer-customized service level agreement. These calculations must be performed even when there are no transactions in financial securities for a given fund, because the value of a given security can vary relative to the remainder of the fund, giving it a greater or lesser NAV. A record of all customer communications regarding exceptions is maintained manually. All documentation pertaining to compliance enforcement, exception escalation, and violation disarmament is stored in hard copy.
一般相信,对不同种类基金(诸如互助基金到抚恤基金)的遵从测试需要非常不同类型的分析。然而,在全局上存在产品属性高水平的共同性。例如,所有对象都基于审慎投资者原则,需要在工业、地理和资产类型上的不同,有限开放衍生物和较低质量的投资等。因此,具有一个能够处理这些不同基金的系统是有利的。It is generally believed that compliance testing for different types of funds (such as mutual aid funds to pension funds) requires very different types of analysis. However, globally there is a high level of commonality of product attributes. For example, all objects are based on prudent investor principles, require different industries, geography and asset types, limited open derivatives and lower quality investments, etc. Therefore, it is advantageous to have a system that can handle these different funds.
在金融基金的管理中,常常关键的是在管理遵从测试之外产生精确而完全描述基金表现的报告。例如,可能需要收集特定信息来决定在一个特定时期给以基金支持的税收能力。传统上,这由分析员审查大量金融信息和计算需要的数字手工执行。显然,这是一种劳动密集型任务,需要高技能人员大量的时间。另外,由于该任务的手工本质,有可能产生人工错误。In the management of financial funds, it is often critical to produce reports that accurately and fully describe the performance of the fund beyond regulatory compliance testing. For example, certain information may need to be gathered to determine the taxability of a fund to support it during a particular period. Traditionally, this has been performed manually by analysts reviewing large volumes of financial information and calculating the required numbers. Clearly, this is a labor-intensive task that requires a significant amount of time from highly skilled personnel. Additionally, due to the manual nature of the task, there is a potential for human error.
作为遵从测试过程的一部分,要产生指示发生违反特定规则的报告。这种报告不是交互式的,不允许遵从分析员"深入",决定这种违反的特定本质,该项规则的精确定义或者该种违反是否因为后面过账的交易事项而已经被消除。As part of the compliance testing process, reports are generated indicating violations of specific rules. This report is not interactive and does not allow the compliance analyst to "drill down" to determine the specific nature of the violation, the precise definition of the rule or whether the violation has been eliminated due to later posted transactions.
因此存在对一种可以接收关于金融基金数据、基于环境(对该项基金内部的或者外部的)的长期变化调整该数据、和在用户需要时提供报告的系统的长期需要,该系统要足够灵活以容纳来自一个信息源集合的信息,同时允许用户在很大程度上定义输出和允许用户利用该报告的特定基础。There is therefore a long-felt need for a system that can receive data about a financial fund, adjust that data based on long-term changes in circumstances (internal or external to the fund), and provide reports as required by users, that is sufficiently flexible To accommodate information from a set of information sources, while allowing the user to define the output to a large extent and allow the user to utilize the specific basis of the report.
发明概述Summary of the invention
本发明的一个方面提供一个用于投资组合遵从和管理的系统,它可以从一个信息源集合接收有关组成金融基金的金融证券的数据。记录和维护这一金融数据。该系统允许用户定义为一种给定基金所需要的金融数据的灵活性。可以由用户设计各种测试并应用到金融数据来证实该基金根据预定规则管理。虽然该系统提供用户改正或更新金融数据的能力,但是记录这一改变的历史,允许在以后日子完整的审计。可以把该金融数据(或任何基于它的报告)以一些有用的形式提供给用户,诸如在计算机上显示、打印或者在全球计算机网络例如万维网上公布。如果需要的话,例如遵从分析员或者基金管理者可以在系统接收到一定的金融数据时通过更紧急的设备(诸如寻呼机等)自动通知用户。优选,这一单一的集成系统允许对基金进行对基金规则的遵从测试,产生税务报告和建立完全的审计记录而不需多次输入同样的数据。One aspect of the present invention provides a system for portfolio compliance and management that receives data from a collection of information sources regarding financial securities comprising a financial fund. This financial data is recorded and maintained. The system allows the user the flexibility to define the financial data required for a given fund. Various tests can be designed by the user and applied to financial data to verify that the fund is managed according to predetermined rules. While the system provides the user with the ability to correct or update financial data, recording a history of this change allows for a full audit at a later date. This financial data (or any reports based on it) can be provided to users in some useful form, such as displayed on a computer, printed or published on a global computer network such as the World Wide Web. If desired, eg compliance analysts or fund managers can automatically notify users via more urgent equipment (such as pagers, etc.) when certain financial data is received by the system. Preferably, this single integrated system allows a fund to be tested for compliance with fund rules, generate tax reports and establish a full audit trail without having to enter the same data multiple times.
在一个实施例中,本发明涉及一个集成的遵从和管理系统,它提供唯一的遵从、税务和金融报告功能的组合来服务全球投资手段的需要,包括:但不限于,US互助基金,US和全球抚恤金、欧洲UCITS(在可转让证券中的集合投资的进行)和OEICS(开始-结束投资公司),US和欧洲保险公司和澳大利亚退休养老金计划。该系统输入和存储控股数据,交易事项数据,税务份额数据,总账数据,价格,外汇兑换率,以及资产说明数据。这一级的细节允许在投资组合信息的最低一级上的遵从测试和税务和金融报告。每一字段带一个日期和时间印记而被存储。In one embodiment, the present invention relates to an integrated compliance and management system that provides a unique combination of compliance, tax and financial reporting functions to serve the needs of global investment vehicles including, but not limited to, US mutual funds, US and Global Pensions, European UCITS (Union of Pooled Investments in Transferable Securities) and OEICS (Open-End Investment Companies), US and European insurance companies and Australian retirement pension schemes. The system inputs and stores holding data, transaction data, tax share data, general ledger data, prices, foreign exchange rates, and asset description data. This level of detail allows for compliance testing and tax and financial reporting at the lowest level of portfolio information. Each field is stored with a date and time stamp.
本发明的一个方面的一个优点是提供一个系统,它能记录详细的交易事项数据以及交易事项记录在该系统内的时间和日期。这一完全的信息允许根据多于一天终了(end-of-day)的控股信息分析金融基金。特别是,可以单个(以及在控股水平上)审查影响基金的交易事项来证实该基金任何给定时间遵从它的控制规则。另外,系统提供把由一个特定用户对这些金融数据所做的任何改变记录下来。如果任何时候认为需要,则可以容易地确定对金融数据(或该系统的其它方面)进行修改的用户的身份。It is an advantage of one aspect of the present invention to provide a system which records detailed transaction data and the time and date the transaction was recorded in the system. This complete information allows analysis of financial funds based on more than one end-of-day holding information. In particular, transactions affecting a fund can be reviewed individually (and at the holding level) to verify that the fund is complying with its governing rules at any given time. In addition, the system provides for recording any changes made to the financial data by a particular user. The identity of the user making the modification to the financial data (or other aspects of the system) can be readily determined should the need be deemed at any time.
本发明的一个方面的一个优点是提供一种为执行对一种基金投资组合的遵从测试的系统和方法。本发明的系统接收来自不同数据源的金融数据,组织这些数据,以及对这些金融数据应用遵从测试。如果存在可能违反遵从测试的情况,则可以立即给在金融机构内的遵从分析员和基金管理者发送警告(如果希望这样的话)。另外,如果基金超过一个接近可能违反的门限的话,则可以传输一个基本警告信号。该系统允许报告数据和以各种形式记录,提供对基金遵从和表现更完整的理解。另外,可以把遵从测试的结果通过全球计算机网络,诸如因特网或万维网,报告给基金管理者(或者遵从分析员)。可以配置该系统来要求分析员记录可能违反的解除(或推迟到后来记录),从而提供所采取的行动的记录。该系统不需要较高技能的分析员来检查任何给定投资组合的遵从。从该系统产生的改善的投资组合对人数(headcount)的比率(以及设置在围绕与该系统关联的技术的中心支持功能)反过来产生更高效和准确的遵从报告。因为该系统不需要高技能人员花费相当数量的时间来执行费力的算术运算,因此他们被解放出来从事更加深度的分析。An advantage of one aspect of the present invention is to provide a system and method for performing compliance testing of a portfolio of funds. The system of the present invention receives financial data from different data sources, organizes the data, and applies compliance testing to the financial data. If there is a possible breach of compliance testing, an alert can be sent immediately to compliance analysts and fund managers within the financial institution (if so desired). Additionally, a basic warning signal can be transmitted if the fund crosses a threshold approaching a possible breach. The system allows data to be reported and recorded in various formats, providing a more complete understanding of a fund's compliance and performance. Additionally, the results of the compliance testing can be reported to the fund manager (or compliance analyst) via a global computer network, such as the Internet or the World Wide Web. The system can be configured to require the analyst to record the resolution of a possible violation (or defer recording until a later time), thereby providing a record of the actions taken. The system does not require highly skilled analysts to check the compliance of any given portfolio. The improved portfolio-to-headcount ratios resulting from the system (and the support functions placed at the center around the technology associated with the system) in turn result in more efficient and accurate compliance reporting. Because the system does not require highly skilled personnel to spend a considerable amount of time performing laborious arithmetic operations, they are thus freed up for more in-depth analysis.
本发明的一个方面使当前的手工处理自动化,减少实际的和可能的错误以及它们相应的冲击。然而,该系统还提供另外为说明基金管理者的需要的定制功能。该系统可以与其它电子基金信息系统协同动作以提供一个单一的综合平台,满足客户和特定地理的需要。系统和处理支持功能的集中减少了开销,因为更多的用户使用该系统。这一支持投资导则遵从的强壮的单一综合平台允许金融机构作为为投资基金管理者的商业记录保持者经济地服务。One aspect of the present invention automates current manual processes, reducing actual and potential errors and their corresponding impact. However, the system also provides additional customization capabilities to account for the needs of fund managers. The system can interoperate with other electronic fund information systems to provide a single integrated platform to meet customer and specific geographic needs. Centralization of system and processing support functions reduces overhead as more users use the system. This robust single integrated platform supporting investment guideline compliance allows financial institutions to economically serve as business record holders for investment fund managers.
根据本发明的另一方面,本发明的系统使用一个灵活的规则建立引擎以满足全球市场的细微差别。提供数据集成和控制特征来保证在质量控制的数据上产生一致的结果。该系统产生一个在线审计记录用来跟踪违反和/或警告,以及解除的进展和/终止。该系统还允许安排数据输入、执行测试和批报告的日程。如果检测到一次违反,或者需要警告的条件,则可以由系统通过寻呼机、电子邮件或传真给客户(例如基金管理者)自动激发一个提醒或警告。该系统允许灵活地定制报告。这些报告可以通过电子邮件、传真或万维网站提供给客户。According to another aspect of the present invention, the system of the present invention uses a flexible rule building engine to meet the nuances of the global market. Provides data integration and control features to ensure consistent results on quality-controlled data. The system generates an on-line audit trail to track violations and/or warnings, as well as progress and/or termination of releases. The system also allows scheduling of data entry, execution of tests and batch reporting. If a violation is detected, or a condition requiring warning, an alert or warning can be automatically triggered by the system to the client (eg fund manager) via pager, email or fax. The system allows flexible customization of reports. These reports can be provided to customers by e-mail, fax or World Wide Web site.
系统管理员,联合遵从分析员,负责建立用户帐户和有关这些帐户的访问权限。这样,按照本发明的一个方面,该系统便利了访问控制管理。可以由系统给金融机构内的遵从分析员或者其它用户授权"只读"或"读/写"访问,保证系统上的数据的整体性。例如,只有数据管理员小组可以改变数据项数值,而在该组内的个人根据他们是否具有监督和其它作用而具有不同的优先级。访问可以由基金、客户或其它参数限制,这对于熟悉本技术领域的人很容易理解。例如,尽管一个高级遵从分析员为监督的目的可以访问整个业务帐本(由多个基金组成),但是遵从分析员也许只有特定客户的权限。System administrators, combined with compliance analysts, are responsible for establishing user accounts and the access rights associated with those accounts. Thus, according to one aspect of the invention, the system facilitates access control management. Compliance analysts or other users within the financial institution can be granted "read-only" or "read/write" access by the system, ensuring the integrity of the data on the system. For example, only a group of data stewards can change data item values, and individuals within that group have different priorities depending on whether they have supervisory and other roles. Access can be limited by funds, clients or other parameters, as will be readily understood by those skilled in the art. For example, while a senior compliance analyst may have access to the entire business ledger (consisting of multiple funds) for monitoring purposes, the compliance analyst may only have access to specific clients.
根据本发明的其它方面,在整个系统中集成了各种防护措施以帮助平滑操作。如果在系统功能中出现某些困难,则可以给遵从分析员、系统管理员和遵从基金管理员提供早期通知。如果该系统由于技术事项在业务日不能使用,则有程序动作通过电话接触高级遵从管理员,使它们处于进展的最新状态。任务调度程序以由商业用户需要的频度和定时运行遵从测试。在系统的任务调度程序方面设定一个事件触发升级调度程序。例如,在一个典型的应用中,如果数据输入失败,则系统尝试以5分钟的时间间隔重试15分钟,并在其后通过寻呼机、电子邮件等通知系统管理员(或其它方)。设计这一过程为前一夜产生的任何事项被时间业务开启解除。显然,时间间隔、事件触发和被接触方可以根据特定应用改变。According to other aspects of the invention, various safeguards are integrated throughout the system to aid in smooth operation. Early notification may be provided to compliance analysts, system administrators and compliance fund administrators if certain difficulties arise in system functionality. If the system is unavailable on a business day due to a technical matter, there is procedural action to reach out to the senior compliance administrators by phone to keep them up to date on the progress. The task scheduler runs the compliance tests with the frequency and timing required by the business user. Set up an event-triggered upgrade scheduler on the system's task scheduler side. For example, in a typical application, if data entry fails, the system attempts to retry at 5 minute intervals for 15 minutes, and thereafter notifies the system administrator (or other party) via pager, email, etc. This process is designed so that any events that occurred the previous night are undone by the time service start. Obviously, time intervals, event triggers and contacted parties may vary according to the particular application.
根据本发明的另一方面,每日执行基金级数据的数据一致,诸如控股、资产等,以保证与源记账系统的同步。系统接收交易事项、控股、税务份额、总账信息和某些资产说明性数据从金融机构的核心系统例如内部记账系统的自动供给。通过从外部数据销售商来的另外的自动化的资产说明性数据的供给补充系统数据库。自动化的数据填充进一步通过手工查阅备选销售商屏幕或出版物补充。结果,据以产生遵从测试或者基金报告的数据集足以完全保证精确和彻底的需要。According to another aspect of the present invention, data consistency of fund-level data, such as holdings, assets, etc., is performed daily to ensure synchronization with the source bookkeeping system. The system receives automatic feeds of transactions, holdings, tax shares, general ledger information, and certain asset descriptive data from the financial institution's core systems such as internal bookkeeping systems. The system database is supplemented by additional automated supply of asset descriptive data from external data vendors. Automated data population is further supplemented by manual review of alternate vendor screens or publications. As a result, the data set from which a compliance test or fund report is generated is sufficient to fully warrant the need for accuracy and thoroughness.
根据本发明的另一方面,该系统允许高度灵活的数据管理,同时记录对数据的修改,允许以后的审计。例如,在数据管理组内的一个授权的数据分析员可以输入或者修改由不同客户,诸如工业分类、流动性等,为同一资产定义的那些领域的特定基金的数据。优选由该系统使用的所有资产说明数据来自一个该金融机构内部的中心数据源。数据管理组,使用编程到系统内的工具,作为为该应用的所有用户的资产说明数据的质量保证监督员。该组还通过批准程序支持使错误的风险最小化。According to another aspect of the invention, the system allows for highly flexible data management, while recording modifications to the data, allowing for later auditing. For example, an authorized data analyst within the data management group may enter or modify data for specific funds in those areas defined by different clients, such as industry classifications, liquidity, etc., for the same asset. Preferably all asset description data used by the system comes from a central data source within the financial institution. The Data Management Group, using tools programmed into the system, acts as the quality assurance overseer for the asset specification data for all users of the application. The group also supports minimizing the risk of errors through the approval process.
该系统将数据源划分为项。对执行遵从测试基本的字段指定为"必需的"(例如,个人保险价格)。必需的字段可以分类为"数据源可靠的"和从内部金融机构源输入。这些字段不能在系统上修改。它们只可以通过数据拥有者的请求而为源系统修改。修改请求需要适当的支持文献以保证数据质量控制。任何修改都"印有日期和时间印记",也就是说,系统保存先前的值并记录该修改,包括谁修改的和在什么时间修改的。修改的这一完全的记录允许后来的分析以理解该修改及其作用,以及执行任何必要的追查谁做的该修改。必需字段必须由数据管理员"确认",相对于备选数据源验证值,双击证实按钮以通知数据库该字段值是好的。在由系统提供的图形用户界面中进行数据或指令的输入更直觉,字段在屏幕上用颜色编码(color-coded)并在数据库上分离以反应它们不同的状态。仅当为一个资产所有必需的字段都被确认(所有字段值手工审查和证实),系统才允许执行遵从。The system divides data sources into items. Fields that are essential for performing compliance testing are designated as "required" (eg, personal insurance prices). Required fields may be categorized as "sourced reliable" and imported from internal financial institution sources. These fields cannot be modified on the system. They can only be modified for the source system by request of the data owner. Amendment requests require appropriate supporting documentation to ensure data quality control. Any modification is "date and time stamped", that is, the system saves the previous value and records the modification, including who modified it and when it was modified. This complete record of the modification allows subsequent analysis to understand the modification and its effects, as well as perform any necessary tracing of who made the modification. Required fields must be "confirmed" by the data steward, validating the value against an alternate data source, double-clicking the Validate button informs the database that the field value is good. The input of data or instructions is more intuitive in the graphical user interface provided by the system, and the fields are color-coded on the screen and separated on the database to reflect their different states. The system allows compliance to be enforced only if all required fields are validated for an asset (all field values manually reviewed and validated).
根据本发明的另一方面,该系统包括一个动态遵从规则建立引擎,它保证为必须服务一个综合产品所需要的灵活性。属于特定金融机构的数据,诸如股票号码、信用评级(credit rating)、股票的市场价格、为该特定基金的金融证券的分类等,提供建设块以把投资导则变换为系统逻辑,允许用计算机执行遵从测试。控制一种基金的规则变换为连接数据项的逻辑语句。把规则编组到一起形成测试。"测试"可以与今天的手工环境的检查清单相比。According to another aspect of the invention, the system includes a dynamic compliance rule building engine that ensures the flexibility required to service an integrated product. Data pertaining to a particular financial institution, such as stock numbers, credit ratings, market prices of stocks, classifications of financial securities for that particular fund, etc., provide the building blocks to transform investment guidelines into system logic, allowing computer Perform compliance testing. The rules governing a fund are translated into logical statements linking data items. Group rules together to form tests. "Tests" can be compared to checklists in today's manual environments.
测试由基于金融机构的规则建立者的一个专门组在每一客户关系的开头建立。规则建立者与遵从分析员和客户代表一起工作,为每一客户解释导则,例如一个特定的客户把什么定义为"衍生物"?规则建立者负责建立新的规则/测试或者克隆和修改现有的规则/测试,验证基金特定的定义的准确性和为生产的目的给基金指定批准的测试。系统逻辑连接基金特定的测试到在每目的基础上供给系统的基金特定的数据。系统任务调度程序以由代表客户的遵从分析员要求的频度和定时运行遵从测试。当然,系统也允许遵从分析员(和其他批准的用户)绕过调度程序运行遵从测试和应请求立即产生报告(诸如定期报告)。Tests are established at the beginning of each customer relationship by a dedicated group of financial institution-based rule builders. The rule builder works with compliance analysts and customer representatives to interpret the guidelines for each customer, eg what does a particular customer define as "derivatives"? Rule Builders are responsible for creating new rules/tests or cloning and modifying existing rules/tests, verifying the accuracy of fund-specific definitions and assigning approved tests to funds for production purposes. The system logic links fund-specific tests to fund-specific data fed into the system on a per-purpose basis. The system task scheduler runs the compliance tests at the frequency and timing requested by the compliance analyst on behalf of the customer. Of course, the system also allows compliance analysts (and other approved users) to bypass the scheduler to run compliance tests and generate reports immediately upon request (such as periodic reports).
根据本发明的再一方面,系统自动产生结果并由"结果跟踪"模块在线显示。遵从分析员具有在线详细注释那些结果的能力,这样记录升级的审计记录和向客户报告事项和涉及这些事项的决定的客户指令。系统存储和可以在线显示投资组合的遵从历史的一个完全的审计记录。优选,报告基于Excel?,但是也可以使用其它平台或表示。一些报告是硬编码的,例如,由数据管理组作为他们数据验证过程一部分使用的那些。大多数遵从报告在测试建立期间根据遵从分析员的需要产生。授权遵从分析员灵活保存报告到硬驱动器上和将它们结合到董事会。所有系统产生的报告带有系统页脚打印。当报告"解锁"允许修改时页脚不出现。这提醒读者该报告可能不是由系统直接产生,或者经过修改。According to yet another aspect of the present invention, results are automatically generated by the system and displayed online by the "Results Tracking" module. Compliance analysts have the ability to annotate those results in detail on-line, thus documenting escalated audit trails and client instructions to report matters and decisions concerning those matters to the client. The system stores and can display online a complete audit trail of the portfolio's compliance history. Preferably, reports are based on Excel? , but other platforms or representations may also be used. Some reports are hardcoded, for example, those used by data management groups as part of their data validation process. Most compliance reports are generated on demand by compliance analysts during test build. Empower compliance analysts with the flexibility to save reports to hard drive and integrate them into the board. All system-generated reports are printed with a system footer. The footer does not appear when the report is "unlocked" to allow modification. This alerts the reader that the report may not have been generated directly by the system, or may have been modified.
本发明的系统提供"当前的(as of)"功能的选项,亦即加载没有设定原来的记账截止期限的"后交易事项"信息的能力和具有应用它到该投资组合和就修改的投资组合重新执行遵从以确定如果该投资组合是"完全的"则在那一天遵从的状态是什么的选项。这在记账完成和记账源系统信息已经传送给遵从系统后接收到交易或其它信息时十分有用。这一新的信息可以显著影响该基金的遵从状态。一个"当前的"一致报告维护改变的审计记录。The system of the present invention provides the option of "as of" functionality, that is, the ability to load "post-trade" information that does not have an original posting deadline set and have the ability to apply it to the portfolio and then modify it. Option to re-execute compliance for the portfolio to determine what the status of compliance was on that day if the portfolio was "full". This is useful when transaction or other information is received after billing is complete and the billing source system information has been passed to the complying system. This new information could significantly affect the fund's compliance status. A "current" consensus report maintains an audit trail of changes.
该系统提供结果跟踪,亦即一个遵从发布决定的完全在线审计记录。系统产生遵从结果并打印报告,遵从分析员可以脱机记录他们的动作。然而,系统给遵从分析员通过"打开"一个记录在审查结果后继续在线跟踪所有他们的动作的能力,例如升级该发布给客户,接收对一个不正确的数据值的证实,在一次发布决定后"关闭"记录。The system provides outcome tracking, ie a fully online audit trail of compliance release decisions. The system generates compliance results and prints reports, and compliance analysts can log their actions offline. However, the system gives compliance analysts the ability to continue online tracking of all their actions after reviewing the results by "opening" a record, such as escalating the release to a client, receiving confirmation of an incorrect data value, after a release decision "Close" logging.
认识到数据限制永远不允许100%的自动化,一小部分遵从将继续脱机计算。系统允许遵从分析者通过在线记录脱机规则的措词建立"手工"规则。然后遵从分析员检查这一手工规则是否遵守。系统允许遵从分析员连接一个结果。遵从分析员也可以为这些脱机规则使用结果跟踪功能并在一个地方保存所有客户记录。Recognizing that data constraints will never allow 100% automation, a small fraction of compliance will continue to be computed offline. The system allows compliance analysts to create "manual" rules by recording the wording of offline rules online. Compliance analysts then check for compliance with this manual rule. The system allows compliance analysts to link a result. Compliance analysts can also use the results tracking feature for these offline rules and keep all customer records in one place.
系统提供在线数据分析。完全的前端屏幕允许遵从分析员观察已经输入到系统中与他们的客户关联的所有数据。可以通过全球计算机网络给基金管理者提供任何运行的测试的状态(亦即通过、警告或失败)。另外,如果希望的话,可以给基金管理者提供更详细的报告和与系统交互反应的能力。在这种场合,系统将允许基金管理者深入到一个报告的细节和决定任何违反的本质和原因或只是根据规则获得基金表现一个更好的理解。The system provides online data analysis. A full front-end screen allows compliance analysts to view all data associated with their customers that has been entered into the system. The status (ie pass, warning or fail) of any run test can be provided to the Fund Manager via the global computer network. Additionally, fund managers can be provided with more detailed reporting and the ability to interact with the system if desired. In this case, the system will allow the fund manager to drill down into the details of a report and determine the nature and cause of any breach or simply gain a better understanding of the fund's performance against the rules.
多资产主人数据集存储在一个分离的数据库中以综合满足多源记账系统。这允许普遍更新某些资产字段,这些字段在综合记账系统上相同,但是在资产主人和甚至在客户级分离,它们可以在较低级上有不同的数值。Multi-asset master data sets are stored in a separate database to comprehensively satisfy multi-source bookkeeping systems. This allows general updating of certain asset fields, which are identical on the general ledger system, but separated at the asset owner and even at the customer level, which can have different values at lower levels.
系统提供一个集成的调度程序,方便给所有系统作业例如数据输入、执行测试和批报告安排日程。该任务调度程序允许相互关联地安排任务,亦即一旦一个指示符被触发,表示源系统准备好,就运行从源系统的数据输入,和在数据输入成功完成时运行遵从测试。当然,该系统可以"根据需要",亦即响应系统用户诸如一个分析员的一个临时请求,运行测试和产生报告。The system provides an integrated scheduler to facilitate scheduling of all system jobs such as data entry, test execution and batch reporting. The task scheduler allows tasks to be scheduled in relation to each other, ie to run data entry from the source system once an indicator is triggered indicating that the source system is ready, and to run compliance tests when the data entry completes successfully. Of course, the system can run tests and generate reports "on demand", that is, in response to an ad hoc request from a system user such as an analyst.
该系统优选包括基于浏览器的报告和可以在万维网上使用。客户(诸如基金管理者)可以访问层次方式的关键报告,"点击"感兴趣的字段,系统提供关于感兴趣的特定项目的另外的或更多的详细的信息。系统提供6类标识为遵从规则建立块的数据字段和一个规则批准功能以保证在允许该规则在投入生产之前被适当地测试。该系统允许在运行时间期间改变参数。The system preferably includes browser-based reporting and is available on the World Wide Web. Clients (such as fund managers) can access key reports in a hierarchical fashion, "click" on fields of interest, and the system provides additional or more detailed information on specific items of interest. The system provides 6 data fields that identify building blocks for compliance with a rule and a rule approval function to ensure that the rule is properly tested before allowing it into production. The system allows parameters to be changed during runtime.
当一个基金接近违反导则时,该系统可以提供一个早期警告信号给遵从分析员(或基金管理者,如果希望的话)。以这种方式,基金管理者可以在违反实际发生前采取改正行动,如果认为需要的话。在该系统上所执行的任何测试的结果可以通过电子方式提供,例如通过寻呼机、电子邮件或传真。该系统允许源记账系统和本系统自身之间的一致。系统的灵活性允许遵从分析员在由客户请求时为特定基金定义术语和规则。例如,可以为不同基金不同地定义某些字段,例如工业分类、流动性等。该系统允许这种定义是基金特定的。该系统还允许遵从分析员在基金组上检索数据库。例如点击"持股人"按钮将使系统检索数据库中一个特定股票的所有"持股人"。如果一个特别的公司处于危机中而你希望迅速看投资组合的开放时这特别有用。The system can provide an early warning signal to compliance analysts (or fund managers, if desired) when a fund is close to violating guidelines. In this way, fund managers can take corrective action, if deemed necessary, before a violation actually occurs. The results of any tests performed on the system may be provided electronically, such as by pager, email or fax. The system allows reconciliation between the source accounting system and the system itself. The flexibility of the system allows compliance analysts to define terms and rules for specific funds when requested by clients. For example, certain fields such as industry classification, liquidity, etc. may be defined differently for different funds. The system allows such definitions to be fund-specific. The system also allows compliance analysts to search the database on fund groups. For example clicking on the "Shareholders" button will cause the system to search the database for all "Shareholders" for a particular stock. This is especially useful if a particular company is in crisis and you want to quickly see portfolio openings.
附图说明Description of drawings
从附图和下面本发明的详细说明可以更明显地看出本发明的另外的特征、它的本质和各种优点,附图中相似的参考号码指相似的元件,其中:Additional features of the invention, its nature and various advantages, will become more apparent from the accompanying drawings, in which like reference numbers refer to like elements, and from the following detailed description of the invention, wherein:
图1原理表示从基金管理者通过金融机构到按照本发明的系统的信息流。Figure 1 schematically shows the flow of information from a fund manager through a financial institution to the system according to the invention.
图2原理表示从外部信息服务提供商和该金融机构的其它部门到为本发明的系统的遵从部到本系统的用户的信息流。Figure 2 schematically shows the flow of information from external information service providers and other departments of the financial institution to compliance departments for the system of the present invention to users of the system.
图3是说明逻辑处理的流程图。Fig. 3 is a flowchart illustrating logical processing.
图4和4A是说明帐户信息处理的流程图。4 and 4A are flowcharts illustrating account information processing.
图5A-5C是说明帐户权限处理的流程图。5A-5C are flowcharts illustrating account authorization processing.
图6-6A是说明帐户状态处理的流程图。6-6A are flowcharts illustrating account status processing.
图7是说明任务调度程序处理的流程图。Fig. 7 is a flowchart illustrating task scheduler processing.
图8是说明任务队列处理的流程图。Fig. 8 is a flowchart illustrating task queue processing.
图9-9A是说明资产维护处理的流程图。9-9A are flowcharts illustrating asset maintenance processing.
图10是说明基金维护处理的流程图。Fig. 10 is a flowchart illustrating fund maintenance processing.
图11是说明基金维护处理的流程图。Fig. 11 is a flowchart illustrating fund maintenance processing.
图12是说明基金维护处理的流程图。Fig. 12 is a flowchart illustrating fund maintenance processing.
图13是说明基金组维护处理的流程图。Fig. 13 is a flowchart illustrating fund group maintenance processing.
图14-14A是说明表维护处理的流程图。14-14A are flowcharts illustrating table maintenance processing.
图15是说明遵从引擎结构的处理的流程图。Fig. 15 is a flow chart illustrating the processing of conforming to the engine structure.
图16是说明通知请求处理的流程图。Fig. 16 is a flowchart illustrating notification request processing.
图17是说明接触维护处理的流程图。Fig. 17 is a flowchart illustrating contact maintenance processing.
图18是说明通知交付服务处理的流程图。Fig. 18 is a flowchart illustrating notification delivery service processing.
图19是说明遵从报告处理的流程图。Fig. 19 is a flowchart illustrating compliance reporting processing.
图20是说明违反跟踪处理的流程图。Fig. 20 is a flowchart illustrating violation tracking processing.
图21是说明自动响应处理的流程图。Fig. 21 is a flowchart illustrating automatic response processing.
图22是说明手工违反建立处理的流程图。Fig. 22 is a flowchart illustrating manual violation establishment processing.
图23是说明违反细节显示处理的流程图。Fig. 23 is a flowchart illustrating violation detail display processing.
图24是说明违反跟踪用户界面处理的流程图。FIG. 24 is a flowchart illustrating violation tracking user interface processing.
图25-25A是说明总账报告处理的流程图。25-25A are flowcharts illustrating ledger reporting processing.
图26-26A是说明控股报告处理的流程图。26-26A are flowcharts illustrating holding reporting processing.
图27-27A是说明按用户ID的报告的处理的流程图。27-27A are flowcharts illustrating the processing of reports by user ID.
图28是说明报告清单处理的流程图。Fig. 28 is a flowchart illustrating report list processing.
图29-29A是说明按活动的报告的处理的流程图。29-29A are flowcharts illustrating the processing of reports by activity.
图30是说明虚抛处理概要的流程图。Fig. 30 is a flowchart illustrating an outline of wash sale processing.
图31是说明988部分收益/损失分析处理的流程图。FIG. 31 is a flowchart illustrating the 988 partial gain/loss analysis process.
图32是说明虚抛延期数量处理的流程图。Fig. 32 is a flow chart illustrating the processing of the deferred amount of the wash sale.
图33是说明PFIC处理概要的流程图。Fig. 33 is a flowchart illustrating an outline of PFIC processing.
图34是说明PFIC费用跟踪处理的流程图。Fig. 34 is a flowchart illustrating PFIC fee tracking processing.
发明详述Detailed description of the invention
如在各处讨论的,"系统管理员"是负责维护由该系统所使用的计算机网络的操作员,诸如管理信息系统专家。"遵从分析员"是在金融机构负责审查基金的遵从、给基金管理者报告事项和帮助基金管理者理解任何可能违反的理由的专家。"基金管理者"在对该种基金施加的投资导则内负责决定购买或者销售组成该种基金的金融证券。应该理解,任何特定的个人可以担当这些角色中的任何一个而仍然实现本发明。另外,可以使用由个人组成的组担当这些角色中的任何一个而在其它计算机系统的帮助下仍然实现本发明。As discussed throughout, a "system administrator" is an operator, such as a management information systems specialist, responsible for maintaining the computer network used by the system. A "compliance analyst" is a specialist at a financial institution responsible for reviewing a fund's compliance, reporting matters to the fund manager and helping the fund manager understand the rationale for any possible violations. The "fund manager" is responsible for deciding to buy or sell the financial securities that make up the fund, within the investment guidelines imposed on the fund. It should be understood that any particular individual may assume any of these roles and still implement the invention. Additionally, groups of individuals may be employed in any of these roles and still implement the invention with the aid of other computer systems.
参考图1,一个为系统1、客户或基金管理者3向金融机构10的监管部2报告交易的数据流的原理视图。有关交易的信息交付给各个负责特定基金的实体4。该系统可以处理任何数目的基金。优选,这一信息在交易当天(亦即"交易日")交付给监管部。监管部2将给金融机构的基金会计部5在交易日或通过隔夜供给传输有关交易的信息。[什么是仓库/CCAP?]会计部还将从外部销售商6接收有关金融证券的信息,诸如信用评级、未偿付的股票、息票率、国家代码、工业分类和到期日期。当然,也可以从外部销售商获得另外类型的信息并仍然实现本发明,正如熟悉本技术的人所理解的。使用这一信息,金融机构将作为一个"转移代理",为在该基金中的单个投资者计算拥有权。另外,金融机构的表现测量部将根据这些最近的交易事项决定基金的表现。这一信息的报告可以直接交付金融机构的基金管理部9。Referring to FIG. 1 , a schematic view of the data flow for a
一旦这一信息由金融机构10收集,则把它交付给金融机构的管理和遵从部7。下面会讨论,针对这一数据运行各种遵从测试,其由任务调度程序27安排(见图2和7),或由遵从分析员请求。测试的结果由系统以电子方式(或以纸)提供给遵从分析员。在审查遵从报告8时分析员可以简单地"点击"报告的部分以接收更详细的信息。当然,可以在分析员和系统之间提供其它的用户界面,熟悉本技术领域的人理解这一点。重要的是,系统维护基金控股、基金的交易事项历史、该基金的表现和定价的一个记录。这一信息、对该信息的任何改变、进行这一改变的实体的身份、以及实现这一改变的日期和时间也被维护。系统维护"控股"级数据和交易事项级数据的记录。这允许系统的遵从测试证实在一个给定时期内任何基金交易事项未违反有关导则,不仅仅该基金在该期间结束时未违反。Once this information is collected by the financial institution 10, it is delivered to the financial institution's Management and Compliance Department 7. As discussed below, various compliance tests are run against this data, either scheduled by the task scheduler 27 (see Figures 2 and 7), or requested by a compliance analyst. The results of the tests are provided electronically (or on paper) by the system to the compliance analyst. While reviewing the compliance report 8 the analyst can simply "click" on sections of the report to receive more detailed information. Of course, other user interfaces may be provided between the analyst and the system, as will be understood by those skilled in the art. Importantly, the system maintains a record of fund holdings, the fund's transaction history, the fund's performance and pricing. This information, any changes to that information, the identity of the entity making the change, and the date and time the change was effected are also maintained. The system maintains records of "holding" level data and transaction level data. This allows for systematic compliance testing to verify that no fund transactions were in violation of the relevant guidelines during a given period, not just that the fund was not in violation at the end of that period.
再次参考图1,系统还提供基金管理报告。特别是,金融机构10的基金管理部9接收基金金融数据并可以产生各种定期报告711,诸如税务报告等。这些报告可以在打印机712上打印或者提供给外部源,诸如IRS713。系统对完整的金融数据的维护允许在客户请求或者需要时产生金融报告。下面要讨论的系统的规则建立库允许应用复杂的规则以产生与全局定期需要有关的报告,例如IRS或SEC需求,熟悉本技术领域的人理解这一点。Referring again to Figure 1, the system also provides fund management reports. In particular, the fund management section 9 of the financial institution 10 receives fund financial data and can generate various
应该理解,现在预见到系统将只给该金融机构的雇员提供报告和深入这些报告的能力。基金管理者将收到遵从分析员给的报告。It should be understood that it is now envisioned that the system will provide reports and the ability to drill down into these reports only to employees of the financial institution. Fund managers will receive reports from compliance analysts.
参考图2,一个由系统1执行的处理的原理图,金融机构的会计系统把它的基金数据(包括有关控股、交易事项、损失、收入、总账帐户和外汇兑换率)传输到遵从系统21。该遵从系统还从外部信息销售商22、23或从该金融机构的内部会计部获得资产数据(包括信用评级、未偿付股票、息票率、国家代码、工业分类和到期日期)。有关该金融机构的其它信息可以手工输入系统,其在框24表示。Referring to FIG. 2, a schematic diagram of the processing performed by the
一旦接收到数据,系统将应用遵从测试。优选,遵从测试夜间运行,以便当遵从分析员在早晨来工作时,对他提出是否检测到可能的违反的建议。遵从规则引擎25是遵从系统21的一部分,包括维护可应用于一个给定基金的规则和在安排日程时应用它们的软件。报告撰写器26也是遵从系统的一部分,它产生有关遵从导则和税务和金融报告的应用的报告。调度程序27允许系统管理员安排各种任务的日程,诸如应遵从分析员的请求运行遵从测试。遵从引擎还包括用于产生交互屏幕的软件28,该屏幕给系统用户显示,或者给用户介绍当前的信息(诸如一个遵从报告)或者请求从用户获得信息。遵从系统还包括导向结果跟踪29的软件,它允许遵从分析员在线记录一个可能的违反的解除,从而提供在线审计。Once the data is received, the system applies compliance testing. Preferably, the compliance test is run at night, so that when the compliance analyst comes to work in the morning, he is advised whether a possible violation has been detected.
一旦遵从测试已经运行,则系统以由系统用户请求的各种形式提供输出420。例如,为金融机构内部的分析员,优选在分析员的计算机工作站上提供报告。分析员可以审查夜间批打印的报告,所以他不必等待在工作日开始时打印它们。他也可以选择在他需要时"随时"运行报告。当有违反遵从导则时(或发布接近违反的警告),可以由系统通过传真、电子邮件或寻呼机通知分析员。相似地,也可以给客户通知违反或警告。当然,可以提供更完全的报告而仍然实现本发明。Once the compliance tests have been run, the system provides
当遵从分析员登录到系统1时,他将被自动通知任何可能的违反。通过给系统发送查询(诸如通过点击图形用户界面中的字段),他可以从系统接收更详细的信息并决定该可能的违反的性质,所违反的规则的性质,和该违反的明显原因。虽然不是一般需要,但是在这一点,一个熟练的遵从分析员可以决定是否事实上存在一个违反,审查为该基金设定的系统的运行参数。为这一特定基金的某些参数(诸如"流动性"的定义)也许不正确,而在改正时将清除该可能的违反。另外,交易也许已经执行,但是未输入记账系统或本系统。这些后来的交易,与在该基金内的金融证券的市场价值升或降结合,可以把该基金带回到遵从。在执行调查后或进行中,遵从分析员可以接触基金管理者通知他可能的违反。可以这样建立系统,使得某些被定义的可能的违反被立即引起遵从分析员和/或基金管理者的注意。要求遵从分析员输入响应动作或解除该系统上可能的违反。响应动作可以只是使该违反引起基金管理者的注意。When a compliance analyst logs into
系统维护一个运行遵从测试的审计记录以及结果。遵从分析员的响应被记录,其为任何把该基金带入遵从的改变。例如,如果后来输入一个交易,则记录初始的遵从测试的结果,记录后来交易的条目,和记录后来的遵从测试的新结果。如果希望的话,人们可以审查遵从测试的整个记录和任何采取的动作。The system maintains an audit trail of running compliance tests and their results. The compliance analyst's response is recorded for any changes that brought the fund into compliance. For example, if a transaction is later entered, the result of the initial compliance test is recorded, the entry of the subsequent transaction is recorded, and the new result of the subsequent compliance test is recorded. If desired, one can review the entire record of compliance testing and any actions taken.
该系统优选运行在一个分布式3层客户服务器环境中。它有一个Windows NT(版本4.0)前端,用Visual Basic(版本5.0)编码,在Sybase(系统11)数据库上操作。当然,也可以使用其它可比的软件和平台实现该发明。The system preferably operates in a distributed 3-tier client server environment. It has a Windows NT (version 4.0) front end, is coded in Visual Basic (version 5.0), and operates on a Sybase (System 11) database. Of course, other comparable software and platforms can also be used to implement the invention.
本发明的系统提供用户在定义产生的报告的性质时极大的灵活性以及允许现成调查影响报告的数据或规则的直观的接口,。特别是,系统的遵从引擎21包括一个动态规则建立引擎,它能保证服务一个综合产品所需要的灵活性。根据为该基金的分析需要为每一基金定义有关该基金的数据字段。这些数据字段提供建立块以建立投资导则。支配特定基金的导则或规则转换为逻辑语句。规则编组到一起形成测试。系统逻辑连接基金特定的测试和在每日基础上供给到系统的基金特定的数据,任务调度程序以应遵从分析员请求的频度和定时运行测试(当然,该系统可以应遵从分析员的请求在任何时间执行测试)。为每种基金适合的测试由规则建立者的一个专门组与遵从分析员和为每一客户解释导则的客户(例如一个特定的客户把什么定义为"衍生物"?)一起在每一关系的开头建立。规则建立者负责建立新的规则或采纳现有的规则,验证基金特定的定义的准确性和为生产的目的给基金指定批准的测试。开发这些规则,以便它们可以通过它们自身审查交易事项证实遵从,而不仅仅是一种金融基金的控股。The system of the present invention provides the user with great flexibility in defining the nature of the reports generated as well as an intuitive interface that allows off-the-shelf investigation of the data or rules affecting the reports. In particular, the system's
为该系统开发的规则记录在金融机构10的计算机的数据库的一个规则库中。不同于组合物、基准、和衍生物的规则需要相似的逻辑(亦即基于数据的结果),其可以在为一个特定应用需要时开发。这些规则开始时为不同的基金甚至不同类型的基金建立。一旦为一个规则的软件写好,它便可以相对于新基金使用。因此,当为一个新的基金产生一个规则时遵从分析员和规则建立者可以检索规则库,查找同样的或者相似的规则。不必要为同样的规则开发新的程序。可以修改系统的遵从引擎21以允许建立新的规则类型。The rules developed for the system are recorded in a rule base in the database of the computer of the financial institution 10 . Rules other than compositions, benchmarks, and derivatives require similar logic (ie, data-based results), which can be developed as needed for a particular application. These rules were initially established for different funds and even different types of funds. Once the software for a rule is written, it can be used against new funds. Thus, when generating a rule for a new fund, compliance analysts and rule builders can search the rule base for the same or similar rules. It is not necessary to develop new programs for the same rules. The
设计该系统使允许组合水平测试和表现报告。一般,组合帐户是按投资题目的帐户集合,该集合通常称为"基金族"。例如,可以有所有外国产权投资组合的组合和为在该族内的另一个为固定收入投资组合的组合。常常希望应用测试到在一个给定族内选择的帐户组,特别在抚恤金的场合。遵从测试也在单个帐户级上进行,但是支付命令可以与组合级不同,熟悉本技术领域的人理解这一点。组合帐户的建立包括相加在组合请求文件中定义的帐户级信息。然而,一旦建立该组合,则然后执行另外的计算以产生为执行规则适合的数据。通常在组合级需要的计算类型包括:为国家开放(exposure)的百分比计算,工业开放,加权平均计算,和对衍生物的抛售和覆盖逻辑。The system is designed to allow for combined proficiency testing and performance reporting. Generally, a portfolio account is a collection of accounts based on investment topics, and this collection is usually called a "fund family". For example, there could be a combination of all foreign equity portfolios and another combination of fixed income portfolios within the family. It is often desirable to apply tests to selected groups of accounts within a given family, particularly in the case of pensions. Compliance testing is also done at the individual account level, but payment orders can be different from the group level, as those skilled in the art will understand. The creation of a composite account consists of summing account-level information defined in the composite request file. However, once this combination is established, additional calculations are then performed to generate data suitable for executing the rules. The types of calculations typically required at the portfolio level include: percentage calculations for country exposures, industry exposures, weighted average calculations, and sell and cover logic for derivatives.
为执行这种组合级测试,系统包括定义组合帐户、相对于该组合帐户执行所有遵从规则和相对于该组合帐户计算结果的能力。例如,可以使用组合级测试为该组合计算衍生物开放(其与任何给定的基金相反),通过在组合级上执行衍生物开放测试。总体上可以使用基准比较该组合的国家开放和为计划的基准。该系统还提供为该组合帐户建立产生报告输出和看在组合报告中帐户级细节(亦即,如果3个帐户拥有一个担保人,则报告将列出单个帐户的价值和表示为该组合的总和线(totalline))的能力。计划书测试报告包括帐户识别号码、帐户名和组成该合成帐户的每一帐户的净资产值的列表。该系统允许在任务调度程序中安排组合帐户测试日程,就像对于基金测试一样。这里相对于基金测试讨论的通知机构也为组合测试使用(传真、寻呼机、电子邮件)。To perform such portfolio-level testing, the system includes the ability to define a portfolio account, execute all compliance rules with respect to that portfolio account, and calculate results with respect to that portfolio account. For example, the derivative opening (as opposed to any given fund) can be calculated for the portfolio using portfolio level testing, by performing derivative opening testing at the portfolio level. In general benchmarks can be used to compare the portfolio's national openness and planned benchmarks. The system also provides for creating report output for the portfolio account and seeing account level detail in the portfolio report (i.e. if 3 accounts have a guarantor, the report will list the value of the individual accounts and be expressed as the sum of the portfolio Line (totalline)) capability. The Prospectus Test Report includes a listing of account identification numbers, account names, and the net asset value of each account that makes up the composite account. The system allows scheduling portfolio account testing in the task scheduler, just like for fund testing. The notification mechanism discussed here with respect to the fund test is also used for the combined test (fax, pager, e-mail).
可以通过一个外部信息销售商,例如Bloomberg,提供补充证券数据。可以为资产建立和为固定收入证券的不同文件需要对由外部信息销售商提供的信息文件的增强。另外,可以为任何新的测试需要为新数据项对系统用户界面屏幕的改变,熟悉本技术领域的人理解这一点。这种修改的目的是使资产建立和为证券或其它新信息源的刷新处理自动化。Supplemental security data may be provided through an external information vendor, such as Bloomberg. Different files that may be created for assets and for fixed income securities require enhancements to the information files provided by external information vendors. In addition, any new test may require changes to the system user interface screens for new data items, as will be understood by those skilled in the art. The purpose of this modification is to automate the asset creation and refresh process for securities or other new information sources.
许多投资导则需要相对于基准基金测试基金或组合。该系统允许建立相对于基准数据执行遵从测试的规则。优选基准数据从Excel电子表格格式输入并以表的格式存储。产生一个报告以各类选项显示基准数据,并提供一种数据特征来观察历史基准数据。来自同一基准的历史数据(亦即每周、每日、每月供给的基准数据)可以存储并为以后比较调用。相对于该基准为一个帐户或者组合执行遵从规则。该系统允许用户建立(绝对的和集中的)比较一个帐户或组合的属性(例如开放的国家)和一个基准帐户的属性的规则和建立比较一个帐户或组合的投资组合级数据(例如,持续期间,加权平均到期)与一个基准帐户的投资组合级数据的规则。可以建立规则对帐户或组合和基准两者执行计算并比较结果。也可以开发基于交易事项的规则(诸如,该基金是否购买了不在该基准内的资产类型的证券)。可以执行这样的测试,其中基准日期不等于一个帐户或组合的过账日期。优选,测试总使用最接近(但是不晚于)测试日期的基准数据。例如,如果测试日期是6/30/99,而基准数据是为7/5/99和6/20/99,则测试应该使用6/20/99数据。该系统允许用户指定在规则级上使用基准,该基准应该是允许为同一规则使用不同基准的参数。Many investment guidelines require testing a fund or portfolio against a benchmark fund. The system allows for the establishment of rules for performing compliance testing against benchmark data. Preferably benchmark data is imported from an Excel spreadsheet format and stored in a table format. Generate a report showing benchmark data with various options and provide a data feature to view historical benchmark data. Historical data from the same baseline (ie, weekly, daily, monthly feeds) can be stored and recalled for later comparison. Compliance rules are enforced for an account or portfolio against this baseline. The system allows the user to establish (absolute and aggregate) rules for comparing an account or portfolio's attributes (e.g. open country) to a benchmark account's attributes and to establish comparisons of an account or portfolio's portfolio-level data (e.g., duration , weighted average maturity) with a benchmark account for the portfolio-level data rule. Rules can be established to perform calculations on both accounts or portfolios and benchmarks and compare the results. Rules based on transactional events (such as whether the fund purchased securities of asset types that were not within the benchmark) could also be developed. A test can be performed where the base date is not equal to the posting date for an account or combination. Preferably, the test always uses the benchmark data closest to (but not later than) the test date. For example, if the test date is 6/30/99 and the baseline data is 7/5/99 and 6/20/99, the test should use the 6/20/99 data. This system allows the user to specify a base to use at the rule level, which should be a parameter that allows different bases to be used for the same rule.
为该系统的报告需求将表示该测试的结果和具有一个为该基准单独的报告,具有不同排序选项可用。应该注意,对于基准测试不需要当前功能(基准数据是静止的)。对于当前测试,如果当前日期是7/10/98,并且在6/30/98执行一个测试,截止期是7/10/98,则该测试应该仍然使用6/20/98的数据而不是7/5/98的数据。虽然可以为一个帐户或组合包括当前交易,但是基准数据仍然是一样的。The reporting requirements for the system will represent the results of the test and have a separate report for the benchmark, with different sorting options available. It should be noted that the current functionality is not required for the benchmark (the benchmark data is static). For the current test, if the current date is 7/10/98, and a test is executed on 6/30/98 with a deadline of 7/10/98, the test should still use the data from 6/20/98 instead of 7 /5/98 data. While current transactions can be included for an account or portfolio, the benchmark data remains the same.
下面会更充分说明,该系统允许用户产生在基金中的金融证券的彻底和完全的报告,以及这些金融证券的特征。例如,可以为税务报告服务使用本系统。以一种自动的而非手工环境提供税务报告将改善质量,减少风险和改进对金融机构的资金管理顾客的税务服务的及时性。有利的是,该系统结合投资导则遵从测试与完全的税务报告功能,允许更准确和完全的结果。As explained more fully below, the system allows a user to generate a thorough and complete report of the financial securities in the fund, as well as the characteristics of those financial securities. For example, the system may be used for tax reporting services. Providing tax reporting in an automated rather than manual environment will improve quality, reduce risk and improve the timeliness of tax services to financial institutions' money management customers. Advantageously, the system combines investment guideline compliance testing with full tax reporting functionality, allowing for more accurate and complete results.
遵从结果以及明确的用户界面的方便的表示允许遵从管理者相对于基金修改参数和提供"如果…什么"方案的能力。"如果…什么"方案测试比下面要讨论的预交易遵从不那么"实时"。由投资管理者、投资组合战略家和风险管理者所使用,它帮助在一种投资组合的方向上进行决策处理。它帮助基金管理者和遵从管理者以及在该金融机构中的其他专业人员在投资导则或投资组合动力学无论在管理者必需的水平上还是在集合的水平上改变时评价对一种投资组合的冲击。不需要"随时",但是应该是在几天或几周的一段时期一个分析员执行的分析的一部分。例如,遵从分析员可以调查改变遵从规则或测试的效果:"如果我通过改变我的规则参数从5%到10%来增加我的可允许开放到在欧洲的′在国内′,那么能利用什么样的欧洲机会?";"如果因为可能的法律诉讼我对烟草工业添加限制会怎样?";"如果因为在我的组织内结构重组我完全修改我的计划书/导则从X到Y会怎样?";"如果我从集合中把我的固定收入管理者帐户提空会怎样?"。另外,遵从分析员可以调查投资组合动力学改变的效果:"如果我卖一种特定的控股会怎样?"。分析这些改变会对历史投资表现产生的效果可以教育基金管理者和金融机构的顾问如何在将来改善表现。Convenient presentation of compliance results along with a clear user interface allows compliance managers the ability to modify parameters relative to funds and provide "what if" scenarios. "What if" scenario testing is less "real-time" than pre-transaction compliance as discussed below. Used by investment managers, portfolio strategists and risk managers, it aids in the decision-making process in the direction of a portfolio. It helps fund managers and compliance managers, as well as other professionals in the financial institution, evaluate a portfolio as investment guidelines or portfolio dynamics change, either at the level required by the manager or at the aggregate level shock. Does not need to be "anytime", but should be part of an analysis performed by an analyst over a period of days or weeks. For example, a compliance analyst can investigate the effect of changing a compliance rule or test: "If I increase my permissible opening to 'at home' in Europe by changing my rule parameter from 5% to 10%, what can be exploited?" What kind of European opportunity?"; "What if I add restrictions to the tobacco industry because of possible legal action?"; "What if I completely revise my proposal/guidelines from X to Y because of restructuring within my organization? How?"; "What happens if I withdraw my Fixed Income Manager account from the pool?". Additionally, compliance analysts can investigate the effects of changes in portfolio dynamics: "What if I sell a particular holding?". Analyzing the effect of these changes on historical investment performance can educate fund managers and advisors to financial institutions how to improve performance in the future.
还可以使用该系统以证实遵从预交易。预交易遵从指的是根据实时投资组合定价和重定价和实时资产说明数据的实时遵从检查。发现把投资组合推入违反的交易由系统闭锁,命令不能执行。这一能力将驻留在交易桌面上,作为控制交易者活动的工具。优选,预交易遵从特征不仅是遵从报告产品的范围的一部分。一个有效的预交易遵从产品将需要完全与一个交易命令输入和投资组合管理系统集成。The system can also be used to verify compliance with pre-transactions. Pre-trade compliance refers to real-time compliance checks based on real-time portfolio pricing and repricing and real-time asset specification data. It is found that the transaction that pushes the investment portfolio into violation is blocked by the system, and the order cannot be executed. This capability will reside on the trading desktop as a tool to control a trader's activities. Preferably, the pre-transactional compliance feature is not only part of the scope of the compliance reporting product. An effective pre-trade compliance product will need to be fully integrated with a trade order entry and portfolio management system.
遵从分析员和基金管理者可以开发新的规则来测试基金。可以使用这一信息在将来产生基金规则或提供基金管理者洞察在新规则下该基金的操作。特别是,应该理解,可以使用该系统来分析下述事项中的任何一个:使用基金交易事项信息的规则;投资组合流通;短销售;期货合同;与衍生物有关的规则;覆盖/开放;担保品;平衡交易/投机交易;保证金;股票买卖的选择权和进出差价;平均;美元加权的平均到期;平均质量;购买规则的时间-所有规则都基于当前日信息。还可以使用该系统分析双重函数规则(基于一个结果的结果),诸如:如果投资组合借贷多于总资产的5%,则它不能购买证券;比较结果;借贷必须小于市场价值或成本中较小的一个的x%;使用缩短期限的证券的到期计算-命令特征,股票出售权,等;使用基础证券信息的逻辑。当然,可以建立和应用任何数目或类型的规则同时仍然实现本发明。Compliance analysts and fund managers can develop new rules to test funds. This information can be used to generate fund regulations in the future or to provide fund managers with insight into the operation of the fund under new regulations. In particular, it should be understood that the system may be used to analyze any of the following: rules using information on fund transactions; portfolio flows; short sales; futures contracts; rules relating to derivatives; coverage/opening; guarantees Balanced trades/speculative trades; Margin; Options and spreads for buying and selling stocks; Average; Dollar-weighted average expiration; Average quality; Time to buy rules - all rules are based on current day information. The system can also be used to analyze dual function rules (outcome based on one outcome) such as: if a portfolio borrows more than 5% of total assets, it cannot buy securities; compare results; borrowing must be less than market value or lesser of costs x% of one; maturity calculations using shortened maturities - order features, stock put rights, etc; logic using underlying security information. Of course, any number or type of rules may be established and applied while still implementing the invention.
应该理解,可以使用该系统来执行几种使用手工过程完成的基金管理功能,诸如认购;不动产;租借;抵押;股票出借;指数;兑换;费用/支付信息;调查功能;报告撰写者能力;允许第三方供给,诸如其他会计系统。[它该怎么做?]It should be understood that the system can be used to perform several fund management functions that are accomplished using manual processes, such as subscriptions; real estate; leases; mortgages; stock lending; indices; Third-party supplies, such as other accounting systems. [What should it do? ]
优选,该系统包括一个菜单驱动的用户界面,允许遵从分析员容易地访问由该系统产生的信息。在主菜单屏幕上的菜单条动态维护并使用普通用户界面的约定,包括下拉菜单等,诸如微软公司的Windows NT的约定。为访问该系统,用户双击启动图标,系统请求提供口令。用户名和口令标识用户。用户被授权某些确定的访问权限,允许他们对系统只执行有限的动作。主菜单屏幕可以包括包含文字的消息行,诸如要输入数据的数据字段等。在菜单条和子菜单上只显示该特定用户可以访问的菜单项,诸如File(文件),Data(数据),Compliance(遵从),Repot(报告),Windows(窗口)和Help(帮助)。Preferably, the system includes a menu-driven user interface allowing compliance analysts to easily access information generated by the system. The menu bar on the main menu screen dynamically maintains and uses common user interface conventions, including pull-down menus, such as Microsoft Corporation's Windows NT conventions. To access the system, the user double-clicks the startup icon, and the system requests a password. A username and password identify a user. Users are granted certain certain access rights that allow them to perform only limited actions on the system. The main menu screen may include message lines containing text, such as data fields into which data is to be entered. Only those menu items accessible to that particular user are displayed on the menu bar and submenus, such as File (file), Data (data), Compliance (compliance), Repot (report), Windows (window), and Help (help).
主菜单的报告选项优选包括6个选项:遵从,结果跟踪,管理,系统访问,活动记录和观察报告。遵从选项将打开为观察和请求遵从报告的窗口。结果跟踪选项打开为观察和响应遵从违反的窗口。管理选项允许用户打开总账窗口观察总账审计报告和控股窗口观察控股审计报告。系统访问选项打开为请求和观察系统访问报告的窗口。活动记录选项打开为请求和观察登录和注销活动的报告的窗口。观察报告选项打开为观察和打印先前产生的报告的窗口。The report option of the main menu preferably includes 6 options: Compliance, Results Tracking, Administration, System Access, Activity Log and Observation Report. The Compliance option will open a window for observing and requesting compliance reports. The Results Tracking option opens a window for observing and responding to compliance violations. The management option allows the user to open the general ledger window to observe the general ledger audit report and the holding window to observe the holding audit report. System Access Options opens a window for requesting and viewing System Access Reports. The Activity Logging option opens a window for requesting and observing reports of logon and logoff activity. The View Report option opens a window for viewing and printing previously generated reports.
参考图3,用户标识和口令由网络或系统管理员在一个不同的计算机或在包含为该系统的程序的计算机上的一个单独的程序维护。本系统不产生或维护这一信息。当用户登录时需要用户标识和口令,在请求封锁后重新进入系统,或在框30由系统超时后重新进入系统。登录过程在框31使用WONDOWS NT API在框713检索网络用户ID信息。该API将为工作站返回网络用户ID。在框32读用户表。系统把用户在框33输入的口令传递给API验证。系统在框37决定用户是否是被"封锁"的,例如,用户是否已经登录。如果该ID被封锁,则系统将给用户发送一个消息,这在框36指示。这一尝试将在框35记录在事件表34。然后系统在框38结束。Referring to Figure 3, user IDs and passwords are maintained by the network or system administrator in a separate program on a separate computer or on the computer included as the program for the system. This system does not generate or maintain this information. A user ID and password are required when a user logs in, to re-enter the system after requesting a lockout, or to re-enter the system at
如果用户ID在框37未封锁,则在框39格式化用户数据。API将在框431返回一个代码,指示输入的口令是否正确。所有登录尝试都记录在数据库中的事件表34中,不管尝试是成功(框530)还是不成功(框433)。当他们的登录不成功时在框433给用户发送一个消息。如果在框436用户3次尝试递交一个不可接受的口令,则一个SQL语句使用该网络ID更新用户表33,以便在框437打开封锁指示符。这一动作将在框438记录在事件表34,系统应用程序在框439结束。If the user ID is not blocked at
如果在框432接受用户ID和口令,则系统将在框531和536检索用户概要文件并在框532从数据库537中检索授权的系统功能和数据访问的表。用户的访问概要文件在框533保存在存储器中,以便系统上的所有表格可以决定为这一特定用户对功能和数据的访问。然后在框534系统把控制传递给系统的主菜单。If the user ID and password are accepted at
用户可以通过使屏幕最小化在他们的工作站上"封锁"系统。另外可选,用户可以从位于菜单条上的下拉文件菜单选择"封锁"。另外,如果在系统上为一个给定的时期(例如30分钟)未记录活动,则系统给用户帐户加以不活动标记,将其注销,自动使应用程序最小化。为重新进入系统,用户需要双击系统图标和重新输入他们的口令。系统然后和上面讨论的一样验证该口令。这些封锁活动将记录在活动表中。Users can "lock out" the system on their workstations by minimizing the screen. Alternatively, the user may select "Block" from the drop-down file menu located on the menu bar. Additionally, if no activity is recorded on the system for a given period of time (eg, 30 minutes), the system marks the user account as inactive, logs it out, and automatically minimizes the application. To re-enter the system, users need to double-click the system icon and re-enter their password. The system then verifies the password as discussed above. These blocking activities will be recorded in the activity table.
系统管理员建立新的用户帐户,以及修改、删除或禁止现有的用户帐户。每一个用户帐户包括一个用户概要文件,该文件定义授权给用户诸如遵从分析员对系统功能和数据的访问。例如,可以给一个用户授权只读或更新的特权。还提供登录信息,它包含用户登录和注销活动的当前日期,包括:最后登录的日期和时间,当前登录状态,和用户封锁通知。优选,每一用户帐户由用户ID唯一标识和适当限制用户访问权限。对在系统中的用户帐户信息的访问的所有请求将需要请求者提供一定的信息,诸如需要观察该信息的性质或授权访问该信息的一方。该请求必须由系统管理员在批准金融机构的适当的官员后实现。系统的这一方面需要为用户授权的所有请求将被形成文件记录以及访问授权将根据业务需要和任务职责建立。System administrators create new user accounts, and modify, delete, or disable existing user accounts. Each user account includes a user profile that defines the access to system functions and data authorized to the user, such as a compliance analyst. For example, a user can be granted read-only or update privileges. Also provides login information, which contains the current date of user login and logout activity, including: date and time of last login, current login status, and user block notifications. Preferably, each user account is uniquely identified by a user ID and user access rights are appropriately restricted. All requests for access to user account information in the system will require the requestor to provide certain information, such as the nature of the information to be observed or the party authorized to access the information. The request must be fulfilled by the system administrator after approval by the appropriate officials of the financial institution. This aspect of the system requires that all requests for user authorization be documented and access authorization established based on business needs and task responsibilities.
参考图4,在只显示和可更新屏幕的两种场合可以使用用户帐户信息。拥有这两种授权以及为更新的数据访问的用户(一般是系统管理员)将有能力执行更新功能。具有只读数据访问权限的用户将被禁止执行更新。通过在框40从主菜单屏幕715上的文件下拉菜单选择系统访问选项,用户将打开它的工作站44上的系统访问窗口。它分为两部分。在框41产生的左边的窗口将提交一个用户列表框,它包含在该系统内从用户概要文件表42来的所有的用户帐户。在框43产生的右边的窗口包括下面3个用户信息标签:在框44的帐户信息,在框45的帐户权限,和在框46的帐户状态。这些将提供系统管理员建立和维护用户概要文件、授权和撤消系统访问权限和审查用户登录状态的能力。在右窗口的底部有3个按钮:SAVE(保存),CANCEL(撤消)和CLOSE(关闭)。一旦用户完成对一个标签的工作,他必须选择SAVE按钮来保存他们的改变到用户概要文件表中。CANCEL按钮将在保存前擦除对当前标签所做的任何改变。用户点击CLOSE按钮来关闭系统访问窗口,返回到主菜单屏幕。Referring to Figure 4, user account information can be used in both display-only and updateable screen scenarios. A user (typically a system administrator) with both authorizations and data access for updates will have the ability to perform update functions. Users with read-only data access will be prevented from performing updates. By selecting the system access option from the file drop-down menu on the
用户列表框用当前的用户列表填充。在缺省时这一列表用姓(lastname)存储。然而,系统管理员也可以按照名(first name)或用户ID排序,通过点击适当的列头标。系统管理员可以容易地定位表中的用户ID,要么通过使用滚动条,或者键入该ID的第一个字符,使该列表跳到该点。当第一次打开系统访问窗口时,可以看见帐户信息表,表示对之工作的最后的记录。该标签允许系统管理员建立和维护对用户特定的信息。The user list box is populated with the current user list. By default this list is stored with lastname. However, system administrators can also sort by first name or user ID by clicking on the appropriate column header. A system administrator can easily locate a user ID in the table, either by using the scroll bar, or by typing the first character of the ID to cause the list to jump to that point. When the system access window is opened for the first time, the account information table can be seen, indicating the last record of work done on it. This tab allows system administrators to create and maintain user-specific information.
参考图4A,为在框47增加一个新的用户帐户,系统管理员点击用户列表框内的NEW按钮,清除帐户信息表上的所有字段。系统在框48证实这一用户是否具有适当的授权。如果没有,系统返回到框43(图4)。如果用户具有适当的授权,则在框49初始化标签字段。系统管理员在框440输入需要的字段(定义访问权限等),使用由信息拥有者提供的授权页,并点击SAVE按钮441,把新帐户信息加到用户概要文件表447。系统在框444证实必要的字段已经完成。如果缺少需要的信息,则该字段以高亮度显示,并在框448在工作站44上显示一个消息。如果屏幕被完全填充,则在框445系统检查锁[这在这里意味着什么?]。如果锁检查失败,则在框448给用户传输一个错误消息。如果锁检查通过,则在框446更新用户概要文件表447。一旦一个新的用户帐户加到系统,则系统管理员可以要么点击NEW按钮添加另一个或者点击CANCEL按钮442关闭该窗口。Referring to FIG. 4A, to add a new user account at frame 47, the system administrator clicks the NEW button in the user list box, clearing all fields on the account information form. The system verifies at
为从系统中删除一个用户帐户,系统管理员在图4A中的框540点击用户列表框中的DELETE按钮。系统在框541验证该用户是否具有适当的授权。系统管理员从用户列表框中选择一个用户帐户,在框542用该用户的帐户信息填充帐户信息标签,并点击DELETE按钮。在框543显示一个消息框,请求确认删除。点击YES按钮证实删除。然后在框544系统检查锁。在框545该用户帐户将被永远删除,这将从用户概要文件表中清除用户的帐户信息。点击NO按钮,撤消删除操作,并在框546给用户发送一个错误消息。To delete a user account from the system, the system administrator clicks the DELETE button in the user list box at
禁止一个帐户将阻止登录到系统。为禁止一个用户帐户,系统管理员点击禁止帐户检查框,使得在该框中出现一个"x",并点击SAVE按钮以完成该改变,这将指示该用户帐户在用户概要文件表中被禁止。通过从禁止帐户检查框中去除该检查标记将重新允许该帐户。Banning an account will prevent logging into the system. To disable a user account, the system administrator clicks on the Disabled Account check box so that an "x" appears in the box, and clicks the SAVE button to complete the change, which will indicate that the user account is disabled in the User Profiles table. The account will be re-allowed by removing the check mark from the Ban account check box.
系统管理员还可以通过点击右鼠标按钮访问上述功能,同时把光标置于用户列表框中的一个记录上。一个弹出式菜单以下述选项出现:添加一个新用户帐户,删除用户帐户,或显示关于该用户帐户的细节。System administrators can also access the above functions by clicking the right mouse button while placing the cursor on a record in the user list box. A pop-up menu appears with the options: add a new user account, delete the user account, or show details about the user account.
参考图6,为审查用户在该系统下的权限,系统管理员在图4的框46通过点击标签标签或在标签标签内输入加有下划线的字符选择帐户权限标签。用户在框60点击用户ID。系统在框61从数据库中的访问权限表62中读该用户的权限,其在框63显示在工作站44上。帐户权限标签将包含分配的和可用的列表框。分配的列表框包括分配给为该特定用户的用户帐户的一个树形权限表。可用列表框具有所有基金,基金组,规则,测试,和在系统上可用的功能的一个树表。当一个新的帐户建立时,在分配的权限列表框中的树表最初是空的。Referring to FIG. 6 , to review a user's permissions under the system, the system administrator selects the Account Permissions tab at
参考图5A和5B,系统管理员可以访问选择帐户权限标签(图4)以授权对用户为下述项的访问权限:基金,基金组,规则,测试,和系统功能。为审查当前授权给一个用户的权限,系统管理员在框50右击用户ID。系统在框51读访问权限表901。然后用户ID细节在框52显示在工作站44上。Referring to Figures 5A and 5B, the system administrator can access the Select Account Permissions tab (Figure 4) to grant access to the user for: Funds, Fund Groups, Rules, Tests, and System Functions. To review the permissions currently granted to a user, the system administrator right clicks on the user ID at
为授权用户帐户访问功能或数据,系统管理员在框53通过点击用户列表框中的用户记录选择一个用户帐户。在框54,系统决定系统管理员是否具有适当的授权。如果是,则系统读数据库的访问权限表901并在框56在监视器44上显示该用户ID的细节。然后在框57用户双击可用列表框中的一个项(或单击它,然后单击ADD按钮)分配或者撤消权限。要授予访问权限的项将从可用列表框移动到分配列表框中。为撤消一个用户对一个特定项的访问权限,在框57系统管理员可以要么双击分配列表框中的该项,或者点击该项,然后点击REMOVE按钮。这将从分配列表框中清除该项。除移动具有访问权限的单个项之外,可以展开或收缩树表,允许为授权或者撤消访问选择项组。用户可以选择CANCEL按钮800,所做的改变将不保存,但是屏幕在框801被初始化。系统然后返回到图4的框43。另外可选,系统管理员可以通过选择SAVE按钮58保存改变。然后在框59系统执行屏幕检验。[这验证什么?]如果失败,则在框902产生一个错误消息。如果该验证通过,则系统在框803检查锁(参见图5B)。如果锁检查失败,则在框902产生一个错误消息。如果锁检查通过,则在框804更新数据库中的用户概要文件表901。To authorize a user account to access functions or data, the system administrator selects a user account at
系统管理员必须设定在分配列表框中的每一项的特权级。为进行这一点,系统管理员将在R/W字段中点击′R′以允许读特权,或′W′以允许写特权。写特权自动允许读特权。一个被允许的项用灰色显示。为禁止特权,系统管理员第二次点击该项。系统管理员点击SAVE按钮,这将把帐户权限信息加到用户概要文件表中。The system administrator must set the privilege level for each item in the Assignment list box. To do this, the system administrator will click 'R' in the R/W field to allow read privileges, or 'W' to allow write privileges. Write privileges automatically allow read privileges. An allowed item is shown in gray. To disable the privilege, the system administrator clicks the item a second time. The system administrator clicks the SAVE button, which will add the account privilege information to the user profile table.
当系统管理员在系统的分配列表框或者在可用列表框中之一时,点击右鼠标按钮将引起一个快捷菜单出现,属于当前项,具有下述选项:添加,清除,细节,完全收回,完全展开。添加、清除、和细节选项如上述执行。完全收回选项使树表收回到它的细节的最高级。完全展开选项使树表展开到它的细节的最低级。When the system administrator is in the System's Assignment list box or in one of the Available list boxes, clicking the right mouse button will cause a shortcut menu to appear, belonging to the current item, with the following options: Add, Clear, Details, Full Collapse, Full Expand . Add, Clear, and Detail options are performed as described above. The Full retract option retracts the tree table to its highest level of detail. The Fully Expand option causes the tree table to expand to its lowest level of detail.
当用户在3次尝试用一个不正确的口令登录后被封锁时将检查侵入者封锁检查框。最后发生的数据将在On Cell出现。复位帐户访问检查框允许系统管理员重新允许该帐户的访问。参考图6,为观看用户登录信息和为一个给定用户复位帐户访问,系统管理员将首先在框64点击用户列表框中的用户帐户(然后点击帐户状态标签)。系统在框65读活动表66和为该特定用户的访问权限表67。系统在框68在工作站44上显示用户ID帐户状态并在框69提供一个检查框以复位帐户访问权限。系统管理员可以在框807选择CANCEL按钮806和系统初始化标签字段。另外可选,用户可以在框808选择SAVE按钮805和系统检查系统锁。如果锁检查失败,则系统在框811在管理员的工作站上提供一个错误消息。如果锁检查通过,则在框809更新用户概要文件表。The intruder block check box will be checked when the user is blocked after 3 attempts to log in with an incorrect password. The last occurred data will appear in On Cell. The Reset Account Access checkbox allows the system administrator to re-allow access for that account. Referring to FIG. 6, to view user login information and reset account access for a given user, the system administrator will first click on the user account in the user list box at box 64 (and then click on the account status tab). At
该系统允许为任务安排日程自动执行,不需用户站在旁边递交请求。系统将在任务队列中放一个记录以请求特定的功能,诸如运行遵从检查。如果安排日程的功能失败,则系统重新尝试执行并通知用户执行被推迟。用户将指定该功能被执行的日期(或日期范围)以及固定日期(anchordates)(亦即当前日期和截止日期)。用户将制定为执行系统功能的时间间隔,如果执行失败重新尝试的时间间隔,和在其后通知用户失败的时间间隔。可以使用各种模板作为用户界面以允许用户以直接方式输入这一信息。The system allows tasks to be scheduled for automatic execution without requiring users to stand by and submit requests. The system will place a record in the task queue to request a specific function, such as running a compliance check. If the scheduled function fails, the system retries the execution and notifies the user that the execution is postponed. The user will specify the dates (or range of dates) and anchor dates (ie current date and due date) on which the function will be performed. The user will specify the time interval for executing system functions, the time interval for retrying if the execution fails, and the time interval for notifying the user of the failure thereafter. Various templates can be used as a user interface to allow the user to enter this information in a straightforward manner.
图7是说明与任务调度程序有关的处理的流程图。在框70在监视器44上显示调度对话框。当用户点击监视器显示器上的运行频率按钮71时,系统允许用户在框72输入运行频率。用户可以按下述方式选择在什么日期运行一个预定任务,在框772选择一个特定的单一日子,在框773选择一周中的一个特定日子(例如每个星期三),在框774选择月和在775选择该月的一个特定日,或者分别在框778、777和776选择一个特定年内的一个特定月内的一个特定日。Fig. 7 is a flowchart illustrating processing related to the task scheduler. A scheduling dialog is displayed on
一旦选择了运行频率,则用户在框77选择"当前"和截止固定日期,然后在框78选择运行时间期间和如果任务未成功重新尝试的时间间隔。然后用户可以在框471关闭和退出系统或者在框472撤消安排日程的任务。另外可选,用户可以在框473选择关闭和保存。系统在框470执行屏幕确认以证实由用户输入的数据是否合适。如果有错误,则在框474产生一个错误消息并在监视器44上显示。然后系统显示日程安排对话框。如果系统在框470决定用户输入了适合的信息,则在框79把该日程安排保存在金融机构的计算机的日程/队列表75中。然后系统显示日程安排对话框。Once the run frequency is selected, the user selects "Current" and a due fixed date at box 77, and then at box 78 selects a run time period and a time interval to retry if the task is unsuccessful. The user can then shut down and log out of the system at block 471 or undo the scheduled task at block 472 . Alternatively, the user may choose to close and save at block 473 . The system performs an on-screen validation at block 470 to verify that the data entered by the user is appropriate. If there is an error, an error message is generated at block 474 and displayed on
当观看日程安排对话框时,用户可以选择状态按钮73。然后在框74系统从金融机构的计算机的日程/队列表75中检索有关下一个和最后运行的预定任务的信息。然后用户可以选择保持(on hold)按钮76以阻止在由用户释放前运行下一个安排日程的任务。The user may select the status button 73 while viewing the schedule dialog. The system then retrieves information about the next and last scheduled task to run from the financial institution's computer's schedule/queue table 75 at block 74 . The user can then select the on hold button 76 to prevent the next scheduled task from running before being released by the user.
参考图8,一旦任务日程被保存,系统就使用日程/队列表75以及任务队列屏幕,该屏幕允许用户在他的监视器44上观看安排了执行日程的任务和原来执行的历史。用户可以为特定活动检索任务队列。例如,用户也许希望审查为一种特定基金执行的任务。用户可以使用日期、名字、完成状态等筛选检索结果。一旦进入任务队列屏幕,用户就可以编辑或者观看任务日程。Referring to FIG. 8, once the task schedule is saved, the system uses the schedule/queue table 75 and the task queue screen which allows the user to view on his
从主菜单80,用户选择日程按钮81。然后在框82系统在监视器44上显示任务队列窗口。在框83,系统从日程/队列表75检索下一个和最后运行信息。然后用户可以通过点击关闭按钮88关闭任务队列窗口。用户可以在框85双击在任务队列上显示的事件检索关于该事件更多的信息。用户还可以点击任务日程按钮86安排另一任务的日程。用户还可以点击观看按钮来观看另一个安排日程的任务。From the
系统使用从金融机构内部以及金融机构外部的电子源系统接收的数据。然而,为使该信息有用,必须发生一定的安装功能。例如,每一资产必须为特定基金分类。应该理解,不同的基金可以对同一资产不同分类。某些基金可以考虑"兑现"只是现有在手头的现金,而其它基金考虑"兑现"是手头现有的现金和任何在后30日内到期的证券。因此,在可以检查遵从前资产必须在一个基金级上分类。The system uses data received from electronic source systems within the financial institution as well as external to the financial institution. However, for this information to be useful, certain installation functions must occur. For example, each asset must be classified for a particular fund. It should be understood that different funds may classify the same asset differently. Certain funds may consider "cash out" only existing cash on hand, while others consider "cash out" to be cash on hand and any securities maturing within the next 30 days. Therefore, assets must be classified at a fund level before compliance can be checked.
交易事项过账的定时对遵从检查的日程有极大影响。优选,交易信息尽可能快地交付给金融机构的遵从系统并立即进行遵从测试(理想地,所有的以"实时方式"进行)。然而,应该理解,这在实际中并不总是如此发生。交易事项在监管系统处理并识别交易日期。在交易日期或后继日期把交易事项传输给记账系统。会计员调整交易数据,产生在该日结束时的产生净资产值("NAV")。为一种基金的NAV在调整完成前不公布。在交易日期期间,或在一个后继日,系统将从金融机构的会计部接收指令来打开资产。如果该资产不存在,则系统将打开资产并给其分配一个空位置。数据管理员在那天晚些时候接收位置和交易事项数据前输入分类和调整。在交易日后的夜晚和在为该基金计算NAV后,把控股和交易事项数据传送给系统,后者然后执行规则检查(以及遵从测试)和通知遵从分析员任何违反的情况。The timing of transaction postings has a significant impact on the schedule of compliance checks. Preferably, transaction information is delivered to the financial institution's compliance system as quickly as possible and compliance testing is performed immediately (ideally, all in "real time"). However, it should be understood that this does not always happen in practice. Transactions are processed in the supervisory system and identify the transaction date. Transactions are transmitted to the accounting system on the transaction date or a subsequent date. The accountant adjusts the transaction data to generate a resulting net asset value ("NAV") at the end of the day. The NAV for a fund will not be announced until the adjustment is completed. During the transaction date, or on a subsequent day, the system will receive instructions from the financial institution's accounting department to open the asset. If the asset does not exist, the system will open the asset and assign it an empty location. Data stewards enter classifications and adjustments before receiving location and transaction data later that day. On the night after the trade day and after the NAV is calculated for the fund, the holding and transaction data are passed to the system, which then performs rule checks (and compliance testing) and notifies compliance analysts of any violations.
某些交易事项从这一处理中排除。同一天处理的交易事项在交易日直接传送给金融机构的记账系统并在交易日的夜晚传送给本系统。(交易日后的日子称为交易日加一)。不会给数据管理员一整天来分配分类和执行对任何新资产位置的维护。这些交易一过账给源系统(亦即在交易日),系统就接收资产打开和位置数据。系统将如上述打开该新资产和位置,但是数据管理员仅在夜晚才分类从这些交易产生的任何新资产和位置。另外,当内部源系统是一个监管系统时,在交易的夜晚接收交易数据,允许管理员在交易日后的那天处理遵从。Certain transactions are excluded from this processing. Transactions processed on the same day are directly transmitted to the accounting system of the financial institution on the transaction day and to this system on the night of the transaction day. (The day after the trading day is called the trading day plus one). Data stewards are not given a full day to assign classifications and perform maintenance on any new asset locations. Asset opening and location data are received by the system as soon as these transactions are posted to the source system (ie, on the transaction day). The system will open this new asset and location as above, but the data steward will only classify any new assets and locations resulting from these transactions at night. Additionally, when the internal source system is a regulatory system, transaction data is received on the night of the transaction, allowing administrators to process compliance the day after the transaction day.
本系统从源系统接收有关资产和位置的数据。每当在源系统上打开一个新位置时就把资产打开数据发送到本系统。每次在打开一个新位置时就把一个完全的资产摘要从源系统发送到本系统,保证一个资产记录出现在为每一个新位置的记录上。在交易一过账到源系统后就发送资产打开数据。通常,这发生在交易后的一日但是也可以发生在交易日。资产更新数据从源系统在这一天以几个时间间隔发送。每当在源系统上打开一个新位置时,新的位置数据(包括CUSIP,说明和打开位置和单位)也发送到本系统。数据管理员将分类位置。对位置数据的任何改变和附加尽可能从源系统发送到本系统。另外,交易事项数据由源系统在过账给源系统的当天夜晚以批方式发送。通常,这是在交易两天后的夜晚。该系统使用这一信息更新现有位置记录,并在这一天早些时候在该系统上打开的新位置记录上填充遗漏的数据。如果记账未在交易日加一的结束时完成调整,则源系统优选在这些交易的过账一完成就给本系统发送交易数据。The system receives data about assets and locations from source systems. Asset open data is sent to this system whenever a new location is opened on the source system. A full asset summary is sent from the source system to the present system each time a new location is opened, ensuring that an asset record appears on the record for each new location. Asset opening data is sent as soon as the transaction is posted to the source system. Usually, this happens the day after the trade but can also happen on the trade day. Asset update data is sent from source systems at several intervals throughout the day. Whenever a new location is opened on the source system, new location data (including CUSIP, description and opening location and units) is also sent to the native system. Data stewards will classify locations. Whenever possible, any changes and additions to location data are sent from the source system to the present system. Additionally, transaction data is sent in batches by the source system on the night of posting to the source system. Usually, this is the night after two days of trading. The system updates existing location records with this information and fills in missing data on new location records opened on the system earlier in the day. If the accounting is not adjusted by the end of the transaction day plus one, the source system preferably sends the transaction data to the system as soon as the posting of these transactions is completed.
为提供准确的遵从分析,系统必须维护精确的和及时的资产信息。本系统提供手工维护这些数据项的能力。系统中的资产数据以两个重叠的类目分类。源数据唯一由源系统产生和维护,其不受本系统的控制和维护。基金管理数据是由本系统维护的数据,不从源系统下载。为系统操作和分析的目的,由源系统使用的数据项将考虑为100%准确而不可为数据管理员修正。由源系统产生的数据,但是在传输到本系统之前不用于任何处理,将认为不可靠,而需要用户证实。To provide accurate compliance analysis, the system must maintain accurate and timely asset information. The system provides the ability to maintain these data items manually. Asset data in the system is categorized in two overlapping categories. The source data is uniquely generated and maintained by the source system, which is not controlled and maintained by this system. Fund management data is data maintained by this system and is not downloaded from the source system. For system operation and analysis purposes, the data items used by the source system will be considered 100% accurate and cannot be corrected by the data administrator. Data generated by the source system, but not used for any processing prior to transmission to the present system, will be considered unreliable and require user verification.
本系统提供在系统范围基础上禁止和允许对除用户ID以外的所有数据项的更新功能的能力。商业决策将在每一场地的基础上进行,取决于单个源系统,并可以根据在源系统上的可靠信息的可利用性改变。一个动态的可靠性指示符将把源系统数据分类为"可靠的"和"不可靠的"。本系统不用不可靠的源系统数据填充数据库。本系统允许在线维护和需要用户为不可靠的项进行证实。本系统不允许在线维护可靠的项。The system provides the ability to disable and allow update functionality on a system-wide basis for all data items except user IDs. Business decisions will be made on a per-site basis, dependent on individual source systems, and may change based on the availability of reliable information on the source systems. A dynamic reliability indicator will classify source system data as "reliable" and "unreliable". The system does not populate the database with unreliable source system data. The system allows on-line maintenance and requires user verification for unreliable items. The system does not allow reliable items to be maintained online.
系统记录对数据库上的数据项值的所有修改。每一次改变将引起产生一个日志记录,它包含改变的时间-日期印记,进行这一改变的人的用户ID和一个可选的评论,说明为这一改变的理由。这允许根据在不同日期可用的数据值执行本系统中的任何报告。它还提供为审计功能的信息。标记为不可靠的资产字段可能需要由数据管理员手工证实。可证实字段的列表在每一资产类型内不同。全部资产在所有可证实字段由数据管理员单个批准之后才被认为被证实。数据管理员具有推迟资产证实一段临时时期(例如两个星期)的选择,例如,在工业中承认一个数据项不是轻易可以使用的,诸如一个新出现的市场发行的未偿付股票。这一类证实将称为′推迟证实′。在两周后在数据管理员的工作站上将弹出一个提示消息,提醒他该证实被暂时推迟,而现在需要进行。The system logs all modifications to data item values on the database. Each change will cause a log record to be generated containing the time-date stamp of the change, the user ID of the person who made the change, and an optional comment stating the reason for the change. This allows any reporting in the system to be performed based on data values available on different dates. It also provides information for auditing functions. Asset fields marked as unreliable may need to be manually validated by a data steward. The list of verifiable fields differs within each asset type. All assets are considered certified after all verifiable fields have been individually approved by the data steward. Data administrators have the option of deferring asset certification for a temporary period (eg two weeks), for example, in an industry that recognizes that a data item is not readily available, such as an emerging market issue of outstanding stock. This type of verification will be referred to as 'delayed verification'. After two weeks a notification message will pop up on the data administrator's workstation, reminding him that the validation has been temporarily postponed and needs to be done now.
系统将允许单一资产的多种版本,这里该资产存在于两个不同的源系统上。这是需要的,因为为该资产在每一个系统上有冲突的数据值是可能的。提供功能以允许或禁止源更新和所需要的根据数据源的证实。在从一个源系统到另一个的转换期间使用资产变换表。在线访问允许数据管理员通过它们的任何标识符找到资产:资产ID,说明,CUSIP,SEDOL,等。源系统ID是资产定义属性的一部分。用户能够列出所有资产或所有未证实的资产。数据管理员能够观看一个资产的说明数据,通过在观看控股位置时双击该资产。The system will allow multiple versions of a single asset, where the asset exists on two different source systems. This is needed because it is possible to have conflicting data values on each system for the asset. Provides functionality to allow or disallow source updates and required validation against data sources. Asset translation tables are used during conversion from one source system to another. Online access allows data stewards to find assets by any of their identifiers: Asset ID, Description, CUSIP, SEDOL, etc. The source system ID is part of the asset definition properties. Users are able to list all assets or all unverified assets. Data administrators can view an asset's description data by double-clicking on the asset while viewing a holding position.
用户界面优选反应数据管理员为维护或证明与资产有关的信息所需要的所有重要的步骤。还说明由本系统在响应它们的动作时执行的功能,诸如:从数据弹出菜单选择资产项;指定检索判据;检索判据验证;资产列表检索和验证;从资产列表中选择;从数据库中检索资产信息;管理资产维护屏幕;弹出式资产菜单激活;对显示/隐藏主菜单资产子菜单的动作;保存资产信息;在资产交易事项日志中更新的审计记录。这一接口允许用户直觉地与本系统交互反应。The user interface preferably reflects all the important steps required by a data administrator to maintain or certify information about an asset. Also describes functions performed by the system in response to their actions, such as: selecting an asset item from a data pop-up menu; specifying retrieval criteria; retrieval criteria validation; asset list retrieval and validation; selecting from an asset list; retrieving from a database Asset information; manage asset maintenance screen; popup asset menu activation; action on show/hide main menu asset submenu; save asset information; audit records updated in asset transaction log. This interface allows users to interact intuitively with the system.
资产数据维护/证实由两个窗口组成。使用第一个,资产检索屏幕,来查找数据库中合适的资产项(或它们的列表)。使用第二个,资产维护屏幕,来维护数据。Asset Data Maintenance/Validation consists of two windows. Use the first, the Asset Search screen, to find suitable asset items (or a list of them) in the database. Use the second, Asset Maintenance screen, to maintain data.
数据管理员可以通过从主菜单屏幕中选择数据选项而打开资产检索屏幕,然后从出现的子菜单中选择资产项。一个资产列表将在资产检索的底部出现。它由缺省显示,并停留在被禁止状态,直到用户定义检索判据并执行数据库检索。数据管理员指定检索判据,系统返回一个资产列表以修改和/或证明。数据管理员通过按压SEARCH按钮激活检索。数据管理员能够在任何时候通过点击CANCEL按钮退出资产检索屏幕。这将放弃资产管理功能而返回数据管理员到主应用屏幕。该屏幕的顶部将允许数据管理员定义检索判据。他们将在该屏幕的顶部的任何文字字段的组合中输入或者前缀或者完整的信息。通过选择3个单选按钮中的一个,用户选择:所有资产,只是未证实的资产,未证实的和推迟的(仅为短时期证实的资产)。如果未指定检索判据或检索判据无效,则系统显示一个错误消息,否则它检索数据库,查找匹配指定判据的资产。如果在数据库中未找到匹配的资产,则该应用显示一个警告消息。否则,匹配资产的列表出现在屏幕的底部。在这一点,数据管理员将选择一个要处理的资产,通过双击资产列表项或通过点击SHOW按钮。如果只找到一个项,则系统自动显示资产管理屏幕。如果数据管理员返回到资产检索屏幕并从资产列表拾取另外的项(不是已经打开的一个),同时可以打开多于一个的资产管理屏幕。The Data Administrator can open the Asset Retrieval screen by selecting the Data option from the main menu screen, then select the Asset item from the resulting submenu. A list of assets will appear at the bottom of the asset search. It is displayed by default and remains disabled until the user defines search criteria and performs a database search. The data steward specifies retrieval criteria, and the system returns a list of assets to modify and/or certify. The data administrator activates the search by pressing the SEARCH button. The data administrator can exit the asset retrieval screen at any time by clicking the CANCEL button. This will drop the asset management functionality and return the data manager to the main application screen. The top of the screen will allow the data administrator to define search criteria. They will enter either prefix or complete information in any combination of text fields at the top of the screen. By selecting one of 3 radio buttons, the user selects: All Assets, Uncertified Assets Only, Uncertified and Postponed (Verified Assets Only for a Short Period). If no or invalid search criteria are specified, the system displays an error message, otherwise it searches the database for assets that match the specified criteria. If no matching asset is found in the database, the app displays a warning message. Otherwise, a list of matching assets appears at the bottom of the screen. At this point, the data steward will select an asset to process, either by double-clicking the asset list item or by clicking the SHOW button. If only one item is found, the system automatically displays the asset management screen. If the data administrator returns to the asset retrieval screen and picks another item from the asset list (other than the one already open), more than one asset management screen can be open at the same time.
维护屏幕的主要目的是修改和/或证明与资产有关的信息。它包括所有应答的资产信息,以及资产交易事项历史。用户屏幕上的信息可以用颜色编码以便易于区别信息的不同状态。例如,在维护屏幕应用中不能改变的源信息将具有灰色背景。可以由数据管理员改变的源信息将具有深红背景。浅红背景指示仅通过该应用支持的信息。数据管理员能够通过指向并点击屏幕中的字段改变与相应资产有关的信息,和输入新的信息(或从相应列表框拾取项)。如果数据管理员点击OK按钮,则系统将验证是否进行了更新并在未进行更新时显示一个错误消息。如果数据管理员证实进行了更新,则系统尝试写该更新的/证实的信息到数据库。如果有任何改变无效,则显示一个错误消息。另外,如果在对数据库写数据时碰到一个错误的话,则出现一个适当的错误消息。如果点击CANCEL按钮,则不保存更新和/或证实信息。如果在按压该按钮前进行了任何修改/证实的话,则提醒数据管理员这一点。数据管理员也将能够证明在具有红色背景的所有字段中的信息,以及整个记录(为该给定资产的所有信息)。这通过点击鼠标右键或资产管理屏幕的任何区域进行。弹出式证实菜单将出现。另外可选,通过使用资产菜单进行字段和/或记录两者的证实。The main purpose of maintenance screens is to modify and/or certify information related to assets. It includes all replied asset information, and asset transaction history. Information on user screens can be color coded to easily distinguish between different states of information. For example, source information that cannot be changed in a maintenance screen application will have a gray background. Source information that can be changed by a data steward will have a dark red background. A light red background indicates information supported only through the app. The data steward can change information related to the corresponding asset by pointing and clicking fields in the screen, and enter new information (or pick items from the corresponding list boxes). If the data administrator clicks the OK button, the system will verify that the update was made and display an error message if it was not. If the data administrator verifies that an update was made, the system attempts to write the updated/verified information to the database. If any changes are invalid, an error message is displayed. Additionally, if an error is encountered while writing data to the database, an appropriate error message appears. If the CANCEL button is clicked, the updated and/or confirmed information is not saved. If any amendments/verifications were made prior to pressing the button, the Data Controller is alerted to this. The data steward will also be able to attest to the information in all fields with a red background, as well as the entire record (all information for that given asset). This is done by clicking the right mouse button or anywhere on the asset management screen. A popup confirmation menu will appear. Optionally, validation of both fields and/or records is done by using the Assets menu.
如果选择推迟证实菜单项,则系统在用户的工作站屏幕上提供一个"推迟的资产证实"对话框。数据管理员能够选择应用缺省证实推迟日期(从当前日期开始两周),设定一个新日期,或放弃推迟证实处理(通过按压CANCEL按钮)。如果选择推迟证实日期,则系统在其资产管理屏幕的顶部显示它。If the Postponed Verification menu item is selected, the system provides a "Postponed Asset Verification" dialog box on the user's workstation screen. The Data Administrator can choose to apply the default validation deferral date (two weeks from the current date), set a new date, or abort the deferral validation process (by pressing the CANCEL button). If you choose to defer the certification date, the system displays it at the top of its asset management screens.
最初,主菜单资产子菜单阴藏。然而,当资产管理屏幕第一次被激活时,系统自动提供这一菜单,并当数据管理员把任何其它格式放在该屏幕的顶部上时或关闭资产管理屏幕时清除它。系统改变被证实的字段的背景为浅兰色。另外,如果所有当前的资产信息被证实,则系统显示标签"被证实"来代替"未证实"。在屏幕底部提供标签来显示另外的信息。点击一个标签将使系统显示资产等级信息。特别的与资产有关的信息通过点击标记为"特别的"的标签观看。历史标签将提交交易事项日志信息,它反应与该资产有关的修改和证实的历史。当然,可以提供其它标签以允许用户"深入"一个给定的资产而仍然实现本发明。Initially, the main menu assets submenu is hidden. However, the system automatically provides this menu when the asset management screen is activated for the first time and clears it when the data manager puts any other format on top of the screen or closes the asset management screen. The system changes the background of the Validated field to light blue. Additionally, if all current asset information is verified, the system displays the label "Verified" instead of "Not Verified." Tabs are provided at the bottom of the screen to display additional information. Clicking on a tab will cause the system to display asset class information. Specific asset-related information is viewed by clicking on the tab labeled "Special". The History tab will submit transaction log information that reflects the history of modifications and validations associated with the asset. Of course, other tabs may be provided to allow the user to "drill down" into a given asset and still implement the present invention.
在为给定资产的所有改变和/或证实在屏幕上完成后,把它们永久保存到数据库中。为这样做,数据管理员点击资产管理屏幕上的OK按钮。系统提示数据管理员确认更新。在保存更新的信息后,系统将检查所有数据库更新的有效性,并如果在写数据到数据库时碰到错误、如果修改违反数据库参照整体性或如果任何改变无效的话,则显示一个适当的错误消息。系统在每次在数据库中成功保存一个更新时在资产交易事项日志表中自动输入一个新的记录。该表中的记录由审计记录信息组成。它包括改变的时间、用户ID和先前的值。可以在任何时间通过点击资产管理屏幕的历史标签审查资产交易事项日志。After all changes and/or validations are done on screen for a given asset, they are permanently saved to the database. To do so, the data administrator clicks the OK button on the asset management screen. The system prompts the data administrator to confirm the update. After saving the updated information, the system will check the validity of all database updates and display an appropriate error message if an error is encountered while writing data to the database, if the modification violates database referential integrity, or if any changes are invalid . The system automatically enters a new record in the Asset Transaction Log table each time an update is successfully saved in the database. The records in this table consist of audit record information. It includes the time of change, user ID and previous value. The asset transaction log can be reviewed at any time by clicking the History tab of the Asset Management screen.
参考图9和9A,它表示一个资产维护流程图,为显示资产维护屏幕,数据管理员从框92处的主菜单屏幕选择数据然后选择资产。用户在框90从数据弹出菜单选择资产项。资产检索屏幕将出现。用户指定检索判据以获得一个资产列表以修改和/或证实,其在框91显示在监视器44上。数据管理员通过点击框93处的SEARCH按钮开始数据库检索。数据管理员在任何时间通过点击CANCEL按钮94退出资产检索屏幕。这将放弃资产管理功能使数据管理员返回到主菜单屏幕。系统在框95审查检索判据,如果未指定检索判据或者其无效则在框96显示一个错误消息。否则,它将在框97执行数据库检索,查找匹配指定检索判据的资产。系统将执行数据库检索,查找匹配输入的检索判据组合的资产。系统从资产表98检索数据,根据资产ID,说明或类型,SIC代码,CUSIP,SEDOL,股票行情自动收录器,发行或源信息。如果未发现符合的资产,则系统在框96提供一个错误消息。如果发现资产,则系统将检索,并在资产检索屏幕的底部从数据库提交一个这些匹配的资产及其属性的列表。Referring to Figures 9 and 9A, which shows an asset maintenance flow diagram, to display the asset maintenance screen, the data manager selects data and then assets from the main menu screen at
数据管理员可以选择要处理的资产,通过在框99从在监视器44上显示的资产表中拾取合适的项。在任何时间,数据管理员能够通过点击CANCEL按钮退出资产检索屏幕。这将放弃资产管理功能,使用户返回到主应用屏幕。数据管理员可以通过按压SHOW按钮491指示系统开始一个特定的资产数据检索和表示。系统将在框493执行数据库检索,根据用户拾取的资产ID从资产表98中检索为该资产的所有信息。最初,主菜单资产子菜单隐藏。然而,在框492,当资产管理屏幕首次被激活时自动出现,而当数据管理员把任何其它格式带到屏幕的顶部或者关闭资产维护屏幕时消失。如果数据管理员通过点击资产维护屏幕激活它,则隐藏的资产菜单重新出现。系统提交包含当前资产信息的资产维护屏幕供修改和/或证实该信息。The data steward can select the asset to process by picking the appropriate item from the asset table displayed on the
专门参考图9A,数据管理员能够在框494通过指向并点击屏幕中的字段改变与相应资产有关的信息。另外,在框494,通过使用资产菜单或者点击鼠标右键,他们能够证实当前字段中的信息,以及整个记录(为给定资产的所有信息)。如果数据管理员点击OK按钮495,则系统在框497验证更新,并在框498和499尝试永久保存它们到数据库中。如果点击CANCEL按钮,则不保存更新和/或证实信息。如果在点击OK按钮495后系统决定输入修改/证实,则提示数据管理员这一点。如果未进行修改,则系统显示一个错误消息,否则它开始保存更新的信息的处理。如果数据管理员选择证实该更新,则系统在498和499写更新的/证实的信息到资产数据库98的数据库和交易事项日志780。如果在框499确定任何改变无效,则系统在框590显示一个错误消息。在保存更新的信息后,系统检查所有数据库更新的有效性和数据库参考的整体性。如果在写数据到数据库时系统碰到错误,或者任何改变无效的话,将显示一个适当的错误消息。Referring specifically to FIG. 9A , the data administrator can change information related to the corresponding asset at
本系统提供为多种资产确定等级的机会。使用的等级为不同类型的证券和地区不同。系统使用日记簿表保存资产实体的所有改变。系统还使用基金数据,它由基金特定的信息以及允许系统进行定制处理和报告系统中任何基金的逻辑字段组成。因为系统中的所有控股数据应用于特定基金,所以包括资产位置、总账、份额和交易事项的所有与控股有关的数据将通过系统中的基金维护屏幕访问。The system provides the opportunity to assign ratings to a variety of assets. The grades used vary for different types of securities and regions. The system uses journal tables to save all changes to asset entities. The system also uses fund data, which consists of fund-specific information as well as logical fields that allow the system to customize processing and reporting for any fund in the system. Because all holding data in the system applies to a specific fund, all holding-related data including asset locations, ledgers, shares and transactions will be accessed through the fund maintenance screens in the system.
在本系统中,大多数与基金有关的数据由数据管理员手工输入和维护。然而,一些字段从源系统获得。这一数据假定完全准确,数据管理员将不进行验证。所有控股信息从源系统接收,被认为是准确的,因此不在系统中维护。对控股信息的改变必须在源系统上进行而作为一个修正交易事项传送给基金管理系统。所有交易事项都带有过账和当前日期,它将允许交易事项在它们过账给本系统前有效,当必要的话。In this system, most of the fund-related data are entered and maintained manually by data administrators. However, some fields are obtained from the source system. This data is assumed to be completely accurate and will not be verified by the data controller. All holding information is received from the source system and is believed to be accurate and therefore not maintained in the system. Changes to holding information must be made on the source system and passed to the fund management system as an amended transaction. All transactions have a posting and current date, which will allow transactions to be valid before they are posted to the system, if necessary.
如上所述,有两种系统基金数据:源数据和基金管理数据。源数据在源系统上维护,不能由数据管理员改变。源系统为驻留在基金管理系统上的所有基金提取完全的基金数据。本系统相对于数据库中的基金数据对所提取的数据中的所有字段逐个字段比较。当发现不同时,将用提取的记录中的数据重写数据库中的基金数据。专门为遵从检查且不能用于(或不可靠)源系统的基金管理数据由数据管理员输入到基金管理系统并在其中维护。当显示基金数据时,源系统数据(也称为记账数据)将使所有字段封锁并不能用于输入,而基金管理数据将使所有字段解锁并可用于输入。每当一个字段被修改,不管是由本系统(对于源数据)还是由数据管理员(对于基金管理数据),"最后更新日期"和"由谁改变"字段将使用当前数据和进行这一改变的用户ID/系统更新。另外,一个审计记录使用下述信息为每一改变写:As mentioned above, there are two types of system fund data: source data and fund management data. Source data is maintained on the source system and cannot be changed by the data administrator. The source system extracts complete fund data for all funds residing on the fund management system. The system compares all fields in the extracted data field by field against the fund data in the database. When a difference is found, the fund data in the database will be overwritten with the data from the extracted record. Fund management data that is specific to compliance checks and not available (or unreliable) to source systems is entered into and maintained in the fund management system by data stewards. When displaying fund data, source system data (also known as accounting data) will have all fields blocked and unavailable for input, while fund management data will have all fields unlocked and available for input. Whenever a field is modified, either by the system (for source data) or by a data administrator (for fund management data), the "last updated" and "changed by" fields will use the current data and the date of the change User ID/system update. Additionally, an audit record is written for each change with the following information:
字段名-被改变字段的名;field name - the name of the changed field;
改变日期-字段被更新的日期;ChangeDate - the date the field was updated;
改变时间-字段被更新的时间;ChangeTime - the time the field was updated;
由谁改变-新信息的源系统;Changed by whom - the source system of the new information;
原来值-在改变前的字段值。Original Value - The value of the field before the change.
除提供审计记录外,为历史报告使用审计记录。每当为前一报告时期需要一个报告时,必须检查审计记录以决定为先前报告时期该基金数据字段的值。In addition to providing audit trails, use audit trails for historical reports. Whenever a report is required for the previous reporting period, the audit trail must be checked to determine the value of the fund data field for the previous reporting period.
每当对一般基金数据进行更新时,系统将检查它们的有效性并如果有任何无效时显示一个错误消息。然后系统提示数据管理员证实所有改变。一旦完成,系统将试图写添加/改变到数据库。当在写改变到数据库时碰到任何错误时,系统显示一个适当的错误消息,否则这些改变将永久存在。Whenever updates are made to general fund data, the system will check their validity and display an error message if any are invalid. The system then prompts the data administrator to confirm all changes. Once complete, the system will attempt to write the add/change to the database. When any errors are encountered while writing changes to the database, the system displays an appropriate error message, otherwise the changes are made permanent.
系统中的所有控股信息都与一个特定基金有关,并由交易事项产生。每一操作,包括应计额和分期付款,都被认为是一个交易事项。为一种基金持有的每一资产的位置和份额是为该资产所有或者特定交易事项的总和。一种基金持有的每一资产作为单独的行在控股表中存储,并在逻辑上通过基金ID与该基金相关。组成一种基金中的每一控股的份额作为单独的行存储在份额表中,并在逻辑上通过唯一的基金ID-资产ID组合与该份额相关。类似地,所有交易事项都存储在交易事项表中,并在逻辑上通过唯一的基金ID-资产ID组合与在该基金中的资产控股相关。建立一个唯一的份额ID来定义基金份额和交易事项之间的关系。All holding information in the system is related to a specific fund and is generated by transactions. Every operation, including accruals and installments, is considered a transaction. The position and share of each asset held for a fund is the sum of all or specific transactions for that asset. Each asset held by a fund is stored as a separate row in the holdings table and is logically related to that fund by a fund ID. The shares that make up each holding in a fund are stored as separate rows in the share table and are logically related to that share by a unique fund ID-asset ID combination. Similarly, all transaction items are stored in the transaction item table, and are logically related to asset holdings in the fund through a unique fund ID-asset ID combination. Establish a unique share ID to define the relationship between fund shares and transactions.
为一种基金持有的资产的资产信息可在基金级上维护。数据管理员可以输入值来否决综合资产值。这一特征对工业分类最有用。某些资产可以不同于接受的综合分类来分类一个资产。资产信息也可以在基金组级上否决。这允许为一个完整的顾客关系维护同步的资产信息。例如,一个基金管理者可以称ABC证券属于"α-β公司",而另一位将使用"ABC"来标识属于一家单独的公司的证券。Asset information for assets held for a fund can be maintained at the fund level. Data stewards can enter values to overrule synthetic asset values. This feature is most useful for industrial classifications. Certain assets can classify an asset differently than the accepted general classification. Asset information can also be overruled at the fund group level. This allows maintaining synchronized asset information for a complete customer relationship. For example, one fund manager may refer to ABC securities as belonging to an "alpha-beta company," while another will use "ABC" to identify securities belonging to a separate company.
图形用户界面允许用户容易地输入和改变数据。当数据管理员从主菜单屏幕上的数据下拉菜单选择基金时,系统将显示选择基金屏幕。数据管理员将能够开始在该屏幕顶部的检索框中键入希望的基金ID,或基金名,并点击SEARCH按钮,取出匹配该检索判据的基金的列表。为取出可用基金的完全列表,数据管理员点击SEARCH按钮不输入任何检索判据。系统然后为数据管理员显示可用基金的一个完全列表。通过点击在每一列的顶部的字段按钮将能使列表框以基金ID或基金名按升序排序。数据管理员选择基金观看,并点击SELECT按钮,或双击希望的基金。他们在具有适当的授权时将能够点击NEW按钮。这将产生没有显示数据的基金管理屏幕,而所有一般基金信息字段不封锁。他们然后可以输入新基金的数据并点击SAVE按钮把一个新基金加入系统。A graphical user interface allows users to easily enter and change data. When the Data Administrator selects Funds from the Data drop-down menu on the Main Menu screen, the system displays the Select Funds screen. The Data Administrator will be able to start typing the desired fund ID, or fund name, into the search box at the top of the screen and hit the SEARCH button to pull up a list of funds matching the search criteria. To retrieve the complete list of available funds, the data administrator clicks on the SEARCH button without entering any search criteria. The system then displays a complete list of available funds to the data administrator. Clicking the field buttons at the top of each column will enable the list box to be sorted in ascending order by Fund ID or Fund Name. The data administrator selects the fund to watch, and clicks the SELECT button, or double-clicks the desired fund. They will be able to click the NEW button when they have proper authorization. This will produce the fund management screen with no data displayed, and all general fund information fields are not blocked. They can then enter the new fund's data and click the SAVE button to add a new fund to the system.
基金管理屏幕将显示所有与基金有关的数据。系统将显示如下的3级细节:基金级数据;控股级数据;和份额级数据。最初,系统将显示所有基金级数据(亦即一般基金信息,基金表现,基金控股等)。当显示基金级数据时,在屏幕的顶部(在标签页上面)显示关于选择的基金的总结数据。当数据管理员选择一个特定的资产位置时,他们将通过从在屏幕上显示的细节级树结构中选择"控股"而有能力深入该控股。当在控股级显示信息时,在屏幕的顶部(在标签页上面)显示关于选择的基金和资产位置的总结信息,同时有不同的标签组可用于选择。控股级数据包括详细的控股信息,份额信息等。数据管理员通过从屏幕上的细节级树中选择"份额"能够深入在控股位置内选择的一个份额。在屏幕的顶部(在标签页上面)将显示关于选择的基金、资产、和份额的总结信息,同时有不同的标签组可用。份额级数据包括详细份额信息,份额交易事项等。The Fund Management screen will display all fund related data. The system will display 3 levels of detail as follows: fund level data; holding level data; and share level data. Initially, the system will display all fund-level data (ie general fund information, fund performance, fund holdings, etc.). When displaying fund-level data, summary data about the selected fund is displayed at the top of the screen (above the tabs). When data administrators select a particular asset location, they will have the ability to drill down to that holding by selecting "holding" from the detail level tree structure displayed on the screen. When displaying information at the holding level, at the top of the screen (above the tabs) summary information about the selected fund and asset location is displayed, with different sets of tabs available for selection. Holding level data includes detailed holding information, share information, etc. The data administrator can drill down to a selected share within a holding position by selecting "Share" from the detail level tree on the screen. At the top of the screen (above the tabs) will display summary information about the selected funds, assets, and shares, and there are different sets of tabs available. Share-level data includes detailed share information, share transactions, etc.
在基金级,图形用户界面提供下面的标签:一般基金标签;基金表现标签;基金控股标签。为选择的基金显示一般基金标签。如果数据管理员具有适当的访问权限,则他们能够修改在这一标签页上的基金管理字段。当数据管理员点击SAVE按钮时,所有的改变都是永久的。数据管理员可以通过点击SEARCH按钮返回到可用基金的列表。基金表现标签是为在一个用户选择的从/到期间的基金的表现而显示的。基金控股标签显示由该基金持有的资产的一个列表。缺省时,系统只显示在该基金中的当前持有的位置,然而用户能够选择在屏幕顶部的"完全控股"选项而显示为该基金的所有资产位置,即使该资产不为该基金当前持有(但是曾在过去一段时间持有)。At the fund level, the GUI provides the following tabs: General Fund Tab; Fund Performance Tab; Fund Holdings Tab. Displays the General Fund tab for the selected fund. If data stewards have the appropriate access rights, they will be able to modify the Fund Management fields on this tab. When the data administrator clicks the SAVE button, all changes are permanent. Data stewards can return to the list of available funds by clicking the SEARCH button. The Fund Performance tab is displayed for the fund's performance during a user-selected from/to period. The Fund Holdings tab displays a list of assets held by the fund. By default, the system only displays the positions currently held in the fund, however users can select the "full holding" option at the top of the screen to display all asset positions for the fund, even if the assets are not currently held by the fund Yes (but held for some time in the past).
基金控股屏幕显示关于资产位置的基础控股信息。通过在为每一字段的列头标上点击鼠标左键可以排序该列表中的每一列。资产ID、CUSIP、SEDOL、长/短指示符和说明字段以升序排序,而最后活动日期、单位、费用、和市场价值字段以降序排序。这将允许最近的或者最大的交易事项出现在列表的顶部。在控股总结列表按所希望的排序后,用户将能够滚动到希望的位置。另外可选,用户能够放置光标在该列表的顶部的单元上并开始键入希望的值。系统将把最紧接匹配输入的值的合适的条目放到该列表中。为深入控股级,用户必须从该列表中选择一项。用户然后能够通过从在屏幕上显示的树结构中选择"控股"而移动到关于所选择的控股的较低的细节级。The Fund Holdings screen displays underlying holding information about asset locations. Each column in this list can be sorted by clicking the left mouse button on the column header for each field. The Asset ID, CUSIP, SEDOL, Long/Short Indicator, and Description fields are sorted in ascending order, while the Last Activity Date, Unit, Fee, and Market Value fields are sorted in descending order. This will allow the most recent or largest transactions to appear at the top of the list. After the holding summary list is sorted as desired, the user will be able to scroll to the desired position. Alternatively, the user can place the cursor on the cell at the top of the list and start typing the desired value. The system will place the appropriate entry that most closely matches the value entered into the list. To drill down to holding levels, the user must select an item from this list. The user can then move to a lower level of detail about the selected holding by selecting "Holdings" from the tree structure displayed on the screen.
点击基金交易事项标签使系统显示为该基金在一个用户提供的从/到期间内的所有交易事项的列表。通过左击任何字段的列头标可以就该字段排序交易事项总结列表。交易事项类型将以升序排序,而所有其它字段将以降序排序。为看关于一个特定交易事项的细节信息,用户能够在该标签的顶部输入一个交易事项ID,并点击SHOW按钮。另外可选,用户可以从该列表中选择一个交易事项并点击SHOW按钮或双击列表中选择的项。关于该交易事项的详细信息将显示。Clicking on the Fund Transactions tab causes the system to display a list of all transactions for that fund within a user-supplied From/To period. The transaction summary list can be sorted on any field by left-clicking on that field's column header. Transaction types will be sorted in ascending order, while all other fields will be sorted in descending order. To see detailed information about a particular transaction, the user can enter a transaction ID at the top of the tab and click the SHOW button. Alternatively, the user can select a transaction from the list and click the SHOW button or double-click the selected item in the list. Details about the transaction will be displayed.
点击基金总账标签引起系统显示为该基金在一个用户提供的从/到时间期间内的所有总账交易事项的一个列表。通过左击任何字段的列头标可以就该字段排序总账总结列表。借方和贷方字段将以降序排序,而所有其它字段将以升序排序。为显示另外的总账交易事项,用户双击选择的交易事项或从该列表中选择一项并点击SHOW按钮。Clicking on the Fund Ledger tab causes the system to display a list of all ledger transactions for that fund within a user-supplied from/to time period. The Ledger Summary list can be sorted by any field by left-clicking on that field's column header. The debit and credit fields will be sorted in descending order, while all other fields will be sorted in ascending order. To display additional ledger transactions, the user double-clicks the selected transaction or selects an item from the list and clicks the SHOW button.
一旦用户在基金细节级选择一个特定的控股,他就能够通过从基金管理屏幕上的细节级树中选择"控股"观看关于它的更详细的信息。在关于在基金级显示的基金的总结数据外,在屏幕的顶部将显示为所选择的资产的总结数据。在控股细节级,用户可以点击下面的标签:控股位置标签;控股利息标签;控股份额标签;控股交易事项标签;和控股总账标签。点击控股位置标签引起系统显示关于所选择的资产控股的详细信息。数据管理员能够修改这一标签页上的资产分类字段,但是所有其它字段是只读字段。点击控股利息标签引起系统显示为所选择的资产的利息信息。在该标签上的所有字段都是只读的。Once the user selects a particular holding at the fund detail level, he can view more detailed information about it by selecting "holding" from the detail level tree on the fund management screen. Summary data for the selected asset will be displayed at the top of the screen, in addition to the summary data about the fund displayed at the fund level. At the holding detail level, the user can click on the following tabs: holding position tab; holding interest tab; holding shares tab; holding transactions tab; and holding ledger tab. Clicking on the Holding Location tab causes the system to display detailed information about the selected asset holding. Data stewards can modify the Asset Classification fields on this tab, but all other fields are read-only. Clicking on the Holding Interest tab causes the system to display interest information for the selected asset. All fields on this tab are read-only.
点击控股份额标签将使系统显示形成这一控股位置的份额的列表。该列表将包括为每一份额的总结信息。通过左击任何字段的列头标可以就该字段排序份额总结列表。份额ID和交易事项类型以升序排序,而所有其它字段以降序排序。一旦份额总结列表被排序,则用户能够滚动到希望的位置。另外可选,用户可以定位光标在该列表的顶部的单元中,并开始键入希望的值。系统将移动到最接近匹配输入的值的该列表中的合适的条目。在深入到份额级之前,用户必须从这一列表屏幕选择一项。他们然后可以通过从在该屏幕上显示的树结构中选择"份额"移动到关于所选择的份额的较低的细节级。Clicking on the Holding Shares tab will cause the system to display a list of the shares forming this holding position. The list will include summary information for each share. The share summary list can be sorted for any field by left-clicking on that field's column header. Lot ID and Transaction Type are sorted in ascending order, while all other fields are sorted in descending order. Once the share summary list is sorted, the user can scroll to a desired position. Alternatively, the user can position the cursor in the cell at the top of the list and begin typing the desired value. The system will move to the appropriate entry in this list that most closely matches the entered value. The user must select an item from this list screen before drilling down to the share level. They can then move to a lower level of detail about the selected share by selecting "Share" from the tree structure displayed on this screen.
点击控股交易事项标签将使系统显示为所选择的资产在一个由用户提供的从/到时间期间内的所有交易事项的列表。像其它的列表屏幕,该列表可以通过左击任何字段的列头标就该字段排序。交易事项类型以升序排序,而所有其它字段以降序排序。为观看关于一个特定的交易事项的详细信息,用户可以在该标签(不是从/到日期)的顶部输入一个交易事项ID并点击SHOW按钮。另外可选,用户可以从该列表中选择一个交易事项并点击SHOW按钮或者双击在该列表中的一个选择的项。在所有场合下将显示关于该交易事项的详细信息。Clicking on the Holding Transactions tab will cause the system to display a list of all transactions for the selected asset within a user-supplied from/to time period. Like other list screens, the list can be sorted by left-clicking on any field's column header. Transaction types are sorted in ascending order, while all other fields are sorted in descending order. To view detailed information about a specific transaction, the user can enter a transaction ID at the top of the tab (not the from/to date) and click the SHOW button. Alternatively, the user can select a transaction from the list and click the SHOW button or double-click a selected item in the list. In all cases detailed information about the transaction will be displayed.
点击控股总账标签将使系统显示为该控股在一个由用户提供的从/到时间期间内的所有总账交易事项的列表。该列表可以通过左击任何字段的列头标就该字段排序。借方和贷方字段将以降序排序,而所有其它字段将以升序排序。为显示另外的总账交易事项字段,用户可以双击选择的交易事项或从该列表中选择一项并点击SHOW按钮。Clicking on the Holding Ledger tab will cause the system to display a list of all ledger transactions for that holding within a user-supplied from/to time period. The list can be sorted on any field by left-clicking on that field's column header. The debit and credit fields will be sorted in descending order, while all other fields will be sorted in ascending order. To display additional G/L transaction fields, the user can either double-click the selected transaction or select an item from the list and click the SHOW button.
一旦用户在控股细节级选择一个份额,他就可以通过从基金管理屏幕上的细节级树中选择份额来观看关于该份额更详细的信息。当这一细节级(亦即份额级)被显示时,在屏幕的顶部显示为所选择的份额的总结数据(除关于该基金和在控股级显示的控股的总结数据以外)。用户可以访问份额细节标签,份额交易事项标签和份额总账标签。点击份额细节标签将使系统显示关于所选择的份额的只读信息。Once the user selects a share at the holding detail level, he can view more detailed information about that share by selecting the share from the detail level tree on the fund management screen. When this level of detail (ie, the lot level) is displayed, summary data for the selected lot is displayed at the top of the screen (in addition to summary data for the fund and holdings shown at the holding level). Users can access the Lot Details tab, Lot Transactions tab, and Lot Ledger tab. Clicking on the Share Details tab will cause the system to display read-only information about the selected share.
点击份额交易事项标签将引起系统显示为所选择的份额在一个由用户提供的从/到时间期间内的所有交易事项的列表。该列表可以通过左击任何字段的列头标就该字段排序。交易事项类型以升序排序,而其它字段以降序排序。为观看关于一个特定的交易事项的详细信息,用户可以在该标签(代替从/到日期)的顶部输入一个交易事项ID并点击SHOW按钮。另外可选,用户可以从该列表中选择一个交易事项并点击SHOW按钮或者双击在该列表中的一个选择的项。Clicking on the Lot Transactions tab will cause the system to display a list of all transactions for the selected lot within a user-provided from/to time period. The list can be sorted on any field by left-clicking on that field's column header. Transaction types are sorted in ascending order, while other fields are sorted in descending order. To view detailed information about a particular transaction, the user can enter a transaction ID at the top of the tab (instead of the from/to dates) and click the SHOW button. Alternatively, the user can select a transaction from the list and click the SHOW button or double-click a selected item in the list.
点击份额总账标签将使系统显示为该份额在一个由用户提供的从/到时间期间内的所有总账交易事项的列表。该列表可以通过左击任何字段的列头标就该字段排序。借方和贷方字段将以降序排序,所有其它字段将以升序排序。为显示另外的总账交易事项字段,用户双击选择的交易事项或从该列表中选择一项并点击SHOW按钮。Clicking on the Lot Ledger tab will cause the system to display a list of all ledger transactions for that lot within a user-supplied from/to time period. The list can be sorted on any field by left-clicking on that field's column header. The debit and credit fields will be sorted in descending order, and all other fields will be sorted in ascending order. To display additional G/L transaction fields, the user double-clicks the selected transaction or selects an item from the list and clicks the SHOW button.
交易事项细节屏幕显示关于一个交易事项的详细的信息。它可以从基金、控股、和份额细节级为定期和总分类账而被访问。它独立于基金维护屏幕显示,在整个系统中作为弹出式屏幕。出现的所有数据都是只读的,从源系统导出。该屏幕将显示有一点不同的字段,取决于交易事项类型(亦即订购,偿还,和选项交易事项等)。The Transaction Details screen displays detailed information about a transaction. It can be accessed from the fund, holding, and share detail level for periodic and general ledgers. It is displayed independently of the fund maintenance screen and acts as a pop-up screen throughout the system. All data presented is read-only, exported from the source system. This screen will display slightly different fields depending on the transaction type (ie order, repay, and option transactions, etc.).
参考图10,它是表示基金管理的流程图,用户进入主菜单屏幕100。用户在框101从数据菜单选择基金。系统在框102读数据库780并检查用户的访问权限。系统在框103在终端44显示该用户可用的基金列表。数据管理员能够关闭基金列表屏幕返回到主菜单屏幕。为给数据库添加基金,数据管理员点击NEW按钮,用户在终端上在框106输入基金数据。系统在框107写新基金信息到数据库781,使其永远保存。用户可以从列表中选择一种基金,通过双击该项或者使其变亮并点击SELECT按钮108。在框109将显示一般基金信息标签。用户可以在框700关闭该格式并返回到基金列表屏幕。用户在框704能够从在基金细节级可用的不同的标签中选择。用户能够在框705改变一般基金数据。系统把改变写到数据库。在框701,系统访问数据库,用与基金有关的数据填充标签页。Referring to FIG. 10, which is a flowchart illustrating fund management, the user enters the main menu screen 100. Referring to FIG. The user selects a fund at box 101 from the data menu. The system reads the
图11是图10的继续,它表示基金维护屏幕在所有3个细节级的处理:基金、控股和份额。提交给用户的第一个标签包含一般基金信息125。表现标签111在基金细节级可用。总账标签112在基金细节级可用。控股标签113在基金细节级可用。测试标签114在基金细节级可用。交易事项标签115在基金细节级可用。股东标签116在基金细节级可用。用户通过点击关闭按钮117关闭该格式并返回到可用基金格式列表。为审查控股细节,用户选择特定的控股并点击细节级树中的"控股"。系统将读数据库126并检索控股信息。系统在控股细节级在框710显示5个不同的标签页。在框119的位置标签在控股细节级可用。利息标签在控股细节级可用。份额标签在控股细节级可用。总账标签在控股细节级可用。交易事项标签在控股细节级可用。用户通过点击关闭按钮117能够关闭该格式并返回到可用基金格式列表。Figure 11 is a continuation of Figure 10 and shows the processing of the Fund Maintenance screen at all three levels of detail: Fund, Holding and Lot. The first tab presented to the user contains
用户可以在框108(图10)在基金细节级通过点击细节级树中的"基金"观看数据。用户在框711选择一个特定的份额并点击细节级树中的"份额"。系统在框712读数据库并检索份额信息。在框713总账标签、份额细节标签和交易事项标签在份额细节级可用。用户通过点击细节级树中的"基金"或"份额"而可以选择返回和检索在基金或控股细节级的数据。用户将关闭该格式和返回可用基金格式列表。The user can view the data at the fund detail level at block 108 (FIG. 10) by clicking on "Fund" in the detail level tree. The user selects a particular share at
图12是图11的继续,表示在用户选择和观看交易事项数据后的处理。系统在框120读数据库127并检索交易事项信息。根据选择的交易事项类型显示不同的交易事项屏幕。交易事项细节屏幕显示购买或出售交易事项121、股息和分配122、订购和偿还123和挑选124。FIG. 12 is a continuation of FIG. 11 and shows the processing after the user selects and views transaction data. The system reads database 127 at block 120 and retrieves transaction information. Different transaction screens are displayed depending on the transaction type selected. The Transaction Details screen shows Buy or Sell Transactions 121 , Dividends and Distributions 122 , Orders and Redemptions 123 and Picks 124 .
系统实现和维护基金组,允许集中处理系统上的基金。这将用于几个目的。基金组通过允许用户运行遵从检查和立刻报告一个完整的逻辑基金组而简化基金的管理。一个基金组可以包括无限数目的单个成员基金。类似地,一个基金可以属于一个无限数目的基金组。另外,有一些基金不属于任何组,和基金组可以退到系统而没有任何成员基金。虽然空基金组没有什么逻辑目的,但是它们不违反任何参考整体性,因为不需要父记录有子记录,因此允许退到数据库。The system implements and maintains fund groups, allowing centralized processing of funds on the system. This will serve several purposes. Fund groups simplify fund management by allowing users to run compliance checks and report on a complete logical fund group at once. A fund group can contain an unlimited number of individual member funds. Similarly, a fund can belong to an unlimited number of fund groups. Also, there are some funds that do not belong to any group, and fund groups can be withdrawn into the system without any member funds. While empty fund groups serve no logical purpose, they do not violate any referential integrity since parent records are not required to have children and thus allow fallback to the database.
系统使用一个数据库的关联表来建立基金组。系统上的所有基金将用基金表中的一个唯一条目表示。当产生一个基金组时,在基金组表中作为一个记录存储该基金组ID和基金组名。当一种基金与一个组关联时,包含基金组ID和基金组名的记录存储在关联表中。每次在另一个基金与该组关联时,包含唯一组ID-基金ID组合的新记录将存储在关联表中。关联表中的这一条目将逻辑连接组到基金。在关联表中为一个给定的组检索所有记录将产生一个在该组中的所有基金的列表。相似地,在关联表中为一个给定的基金ID检索所有记录将产生一个该基金参加的所有组的列表。The system uses a relational table of the database to establish fund groups. All funds on the system will be represented by a unique entry in the funds table. When a fund group is generated, the fund group ID and fund group name are stored as a record in the fund group table. When a fund is associated with a group, records containing the fund group ID and fund group name are stored in the association table. Every time another fund is associated with the group, a new record containing the unique group ID-fund ID combination will be stored in the association table. This entry in the association table groups logical connections into funds. Retrieving all records in the association table for a given group will produce a list of all funds in that group. Similarly, retrieving all records in the association table for a given fund ID will produce a list of all groups that the fund participates in.
系统将在处理的所有方面使用这一逻辑连接。在基金级上可用的任何检查、或跟踪也能在组基金级上可用。对在一组中的基金数目没有限制,任何基金可以为需要的或希望的商业目的与任何其它基金编组。因为基金不一定要参加一个组,因此系统不自动地把基金与基金组关联。建立基金组和把基金与基金组关联是数据管理员的职责,使用基金组维护屏幕。The system will use this logical connection in all aspects of processing. Any checking, or tracking, that is available at the fund level can also be available at the group fund level. There is no limit to the number of funds in a group, and any fund may be grouped with any other fund as needed or desired for business purposes. Because funds do not have to participate in a group, the system does not automatically associate funds with fund groups. Creating fund groups and associating funds with fund groups is the responsibility of the data administrator, using the fund group maintenance screen.
参考图13,这是一个说明基金组维护的流程图,用户从主菜单130操作,在框131选择数据菜单,然后选择基金组子菜单。然后系统在框132检查用户访问数据库134以决定该用户的访问权限。如果用户没有访问权限,则在监视器44上显示一个错误消息。否则,系统决定该用户是否授权更新基金数据。如果否,则在框133从数据库中检索基金数据并封锁。在框138在监视器44上显示该基金组。在审查这一数据后,用户然后点击CLOSE按钮139返回主菜单。Referring to Fig. 13, which is a flowchart illustrating fund group maintenance, the user operates from the main menu 130, selects the data menu at box 131, and then selects the fund group submenu. The system then checks the user access database 134 at block 132 to determine the user's access rights. If the user does not have access rights, an error message is displayed on
如果用户具有授权更新,则系统在框136检索基金数据并不加封锁。在框137在监视器上显示这些基金组。用户可以通过点击CLOSE按钮139关闭该格式而返回主菜单。另外可选,用户可以点击UPDATE FUND GROUPS(更新基金组)按钮530。系统在框533决定用户是否进行任何更新。如果没有,则系统返回,显示在框137的基金组更新。如果曾经进行改变,则用户可以通过点击CANCEL按钮537取消这些改变。为保存这些改变,用户点击保存按钮536。系统在框534验证屏幕,在框539决定是否有任何错误。如果检测到错误,则系统在框538显示一个错误语句。如果未检测到错误,则在框630提示用户证实该改变(亦即更新)。系统在框631更新基金组数据库632。If the user has authorization to update, the system retrieves the fund data at block 136 and does not block it. These groups of funds are displayed on the monitor at block 137 . The user can close the form by clicking the CLOSE button 139 and return to the main menu. Alternatively, the user may click on the UPDATE
系统提供一个图形用户界面,基金组维护屏幕,以允许用户容易地输入信息和指令。这一屏幕分成两部分:基金组和基金。基金组包括一个具有系统中所有基金组的列表框。基金部分包括两个列表框:第一部分显示与当前选择的基金组关联的基金;第二部分显示所有退到系统的基金组。数据管理员具有添加和从这一列表中删除项的能力(在基金组维护屏幕中)。The system provides a graphical user interface, the fund group maintenance screen, to allow the user to easily enter information and instructions. This screen is divided into two sections: Fund Groups and Funds. Fund groups include a list box with all fund groups in the system. The fund part includes two list boxes: the first part displays the funds associated with the currently selected fund group; the second part displays all fund groups withdrawn to the system. The Data Administrator has the ability to add and delete items from this list (in the Fund Group Maintenance screen).
数据管理员可以通过直接点击在基金组列表框下的NEW按钮添加基金组。当点击NEW按钮时将出现一个提示数据管理员输入基金组信息的屏幕。当这一信息输入后并点击ADD按钮时,则在基金组维护屏幕上的基金组列表框中出现该新基金组。数据管理员可以从可用基金列表添加基金到关联基金列表,通过从可用基金列表选择一个基金(或基金组)并点击ADD按钮。相似地,数据管理员可以从关联基金列表中删除项,通过从关联列表中选择一个基金(或基金组)并点击REMOVE按钮。当所有希望的基金添加或从关联中清除时数据管理员点击SAVE按钮使这一改变永久保存。The data administrator can directly click the NEW button under the fund group list box to add fund groups. When the NEW button is clicked a screen will appear prompting the data administrator to enter fund group information. When this information is entered and the ADD button is clicked, the new fund group appears in the fund group list box on the fund group maintenance screen. Data administrators can add funds from the list of available funds to the list of linked funds by selecting a fund (or group of funds) from the list of available funds and clicking the ADD button. Similarly, the Data Administrator can delete items from the list of linked funds by selecting a fund (or group of funds) from the list of linked funds and clicking the REMOVE button. When all desired funds are added or removed from the association the data administrator clicks the SAVE button to make this change permanent.
在本系统中,"表"由允许代码与说明(短和/或长的)关联的数据组成。系统包括一个表维护部分,它允许数据管理员维护系统中的表。对于每一个表,代码和它们的说明是唯一的。系统维护为下述数据类型的表:国家、总账帐户(GL)、发行、证券类型、源系统和交易事项代码,但是可以包括其它类型。当前标识在系统中维护的其它表包括投资等级、州代码、和假日日期。In the present system, "tables" consist of data that allow codes to be associated with descriptions (short and/or long). The system includes a table maintenance section which allows data administrators to maintain tables in the system. The codes and their descriptions are unique to each table. The system maintains tables for the following data types: Country, General Ledger Account (GL), Issue, Security Type, Source System, and Transaction Code, but may include other types. Other tables currently identified in the system include investment grades, state codes, and holiday dates.
对每一国家,在系统中维护国家代码及其说明。另外,可以添加新的国家及其说明以及修改或删除现有记录。对于每一个总账(GL)帐户,在系统内维护该帐户以及长或短的说明。另外,可以添加新的GL帐户及其说明以及修改或删除现有记录。对于每次发行,在发行表内维护发行代码及其长或短的说明。可以添加新的发行及其说明以及修改或删除现有记录。For each country, the country code and its description are maintained in the system. Additionally, new countries and their descriptions can be added and existing records can be modified or deleted. For each general ledger (GL) account, the account is maintained within the system along with a long or short description. Additionally, new GL accounts and their descriptions can be added as well as existing records modified or deleted. For each release, the release code and its long or short description are maintained in the release table. It is possible to add new releases and their descriptions and to modify or delete existing records.
对于每一证券类型,在系统内维护特定证券类型代码及其说明。另外,可以添加新的证券类型代码及其说明以及修改或删除现有记录。对于每一源系统,在系统内维护该特定源系统代码及其说明。另外,可以添加新的源系统代码及其说明以及修改或删除现有记录。对于每一交易事项代码,在系统内维护该代码及其说明。另外,可以添加新的代码及其说明以及修改或删除现有记录。对于每次发行,在发行表内维护该发行代码及其长或短的说明。可以添加新的发行及其说明以及修改或删除现有记录。For each security type, a specific security type code and its description are maintained within the system. Additionally, new security type codes and their descriptions can be added and existing records modified or deleted. For each source system, the specific source system code and its description are maintained within the system. Additionally, new source system codes and their descriptions can be added and existing records modified or deleted. For each transaction code, the code and its description are maintained within the system. Additionally, new codes and their descriptions can be added and existing records can be modified or deleted. For each release, the release code and its long or short description are maintained in the release table. It is possible to add new releases and their descriptions and to modify or delete existing records.
系统提供一个图形用户界面允许数据管理员容易地输入信息。通过从主菜单上的文件下拉菜单中选择表,数据管理员打开表维护屏幕。该窗口分成3部分。顶框显示表可选择输入框,包含在系统内由这一功能维护的所有的表。在该框中选择的表决定剩余两个框中的内容。中间框提交一个列表框,显示当前选择的表的项。底框显示项信息。使用该框来添加、修改、和删除一个给定表的代码。这些框允许数据管理员建立和维护代码以及它们在系统中的说明。The system provides a graphical user interface to allow data administrators to easily enter information. By selecting Table from the File drop-down menu on the main menu, the Data Administrator opens the Table Maintenance screen. The window is divided into 3 parts. The top box shows the table optional input box, containing all the tables maintained by this function in the system. The table selected in this box determines the contents of the remaining two boxes. The middle box presents a list box showing the currently selected table's items. The bottom frame displays item information. Use this box to add, modify, and delete code for a given table. These boxes allow data administrators to create and maintain codes and their descriptions in the system.
在信息框的底部有3个按钮:NEW、EDIT和DELETE。为给一个表添加一个新代码,数据管理员从表可选择输入框中选择一个表,然后点击NEW按钮。为编辑一个代码及其说明,数据管理员选择一个代码,然后点击EDIT按钮。选择DELETE按钮将删除出现在信息窗口中的代码和说明。At the bottom of the message box there are 3 buttons: NEW, EDIT and DELETE. To add a new code to a table, the data administrator selects a table from the table selectable input box and clicks the NEW button. To edit a code and its description, the data administrator selects a code and clicks the EDIT button. Selecting the DELETE button will delete the code and description that appear in the info window.
如果数据管理员点击NEW或EDIT按钮,则出现SAVE、CANCEL、和DELETE按钮。数据管理员一完成添加或者修改表上的一个代码,他们就选择SAVE按钮来保存他们的改变到数据库中,或选择CANCEL按钮来擦除对信息框所做的任何改变。CLODE按钮将关闭表维护窗口,返回到主菜单屏幕。If the data administrator clicks the NEW or EDIT button, the SAVE, CANCEL, and DELETE buttons appear. Once the data administrators have finished adding or modifying a code on the table, they select the SAVE button to save their changes to the database, or the CANCEL button to erase any changes made to the message box. The CLODE button will close the table maintenance window and return to the main menu screen.
在首次打开时,表可选择输入框将显示第一表,在这一场合是国家。该列表将用由该功能维护的表的当前列表填充。缺省时该列表按表名排序,表可选择输入框只显示第一表。数据管理员能够容易地定位表可选择输入框中的表,或者通过使用箭头表示整个下拉列表,或者通过键入代码的首字符。可选择输入框将跳到该列表的这一点。When first opened, the table selectable input box will display the first table, in this case countries. The list will be populated with the current list of tables maintained by the function. By default, the list is sorted by table name, and the table optional input box only displays the first table. Data administrators can easily locate a table in the table selectable input box, either by using the arrow to indicate the entire drop-down list, or by typing the first character of the code. The selectable input box will jump to this point in the list.
当表维护窗口被首次打开时,系统中的第一表出现在表可选择输入框内,表列表框用该表的所有代码填充。当数据管理员从表可选择输入框选择另一个表时,表列表框于是用该另一表的所有代码填充。表列表框的标题包含当前显示的表的名字。When the table maintenance window is first opened, the first table in the system appears in the table selectable input box, and the table list box is populated with all codes for that table. When the data manager selects another table from the table selectable input box, the table list box is then populated with all the codes for that other table. The title of the table list box contains the name of the currently displayed table.
当数据管理员点击NEW按钮,信息框用需要的字段填充,以便为该表输入一个新代码。信息框的标题将包含数据管理员当前工作的那个表的名字。如果数据管理员从表列表框选择一个代码,那么所需要的字段用数据管理员可以修改的表中的记录的代码和说明填充。When the data administrator clicks the NEW button, the information box is populated with the required fields to enter a new code for the table. The title of the infobox will contain the name of the table the data manager is currently working on. If the data administrator selects a code from the table list box, the required fields are populated with the code and description of the record in the table that the data administrator can modify.
参考图14和14A,它们是表示系统的表维护的流程图,用户在框141从主菜单140上的文件菜单选择TABLES。在框142,系统然后读系统中适当的数据库,包括国家表146、总账表147、发行表148、证券类型表149、源系统表540和交易事项代码表541。在读并产生列表框后,系统在框143在用户的工作站上显示表维护窗口,列表框用数据填充。在这些表列表框中,用户点击表按钮144。系统然后在框145显示列表框被填充的表窗口。Referring to Figures 14 and 14A, which are flow diagrams representing the table maintenance of the system, the user selects TABLES at
一旦表窗口的列表框被填充,用户就可以审查信息并通过点击关闭按钮741关闭该格式。另外可选,用户可以点击NEW按钮542来给表添加信息,诸如新代码。在框543,系统决定用户是否具有授权添加新代码。如果没有,则用户返回到主菜单140。如果用户具有适当的授权,则字段代码在框544初始化。用户在框546填充这些字段。用户可以点击删除按钮549并前进到框745的处理(下面讨论)。用户可以点击撤消548,这样他的改变被删除,字段代码被再次初始化。用户可以点击保存按钮547,在这一场合,系统执行框641处的验证。如果验证失败,则在框642产生一个错误消息,并在监视器44上显示。如果通过屏幕验证,则系统检查锁643。如果锁检查失败,则在框642产生一个错误消息并在监视器44上显示。如果锁检查通过,则在框647更新数据库。Once the table window's list box is populated, the user can review the information and close the format by clicking the close button 741 . Alternatively, the user may click on the
一旦表窗口的列表框被填满,用户就可以在框740点击一个存在的代码来编辑或删除它。如果用户在框649选择编辑,则系统在框743决定该用户是否授权编辑该代码。如果没有,则用户返回到主菜单。如果用户具有适当的授权,则由系统在框744显示代码细节。然后用户可以在框546编辑字段,处理如上述进行。Once the table window's list box is filled, the user can click on an existing code at
如果用户在框742选择删除代码,则系统在框745决定该用户是否具有授权编辑这些代码。如果不是,则用户返回到主菜单。如果用户具有适当的授权,则系统在框746显示代码细节。系统将在框747提示用户证实该删除。如果用户未证实,则使他返回主菜单。如果用户证实,然后在框748检查锁。如果锁检查失败,则在框545产生一个错误消息,并在监视器44上显示。如果锁检查通过,则在框749删除该代码。If the user chooses to delete the codes at
系统包括一个子系统,它提供一个用户界面,后者产生和维护由执行引擎使用来执行定义遵从测试的逻辑的数据。遵从定义数据具有3层:字段、规则和测试。在数据模型的最低级是字段。它们是报告系统的构建块,表示原始数据字段(或数据库表中的列)。一些字段是从记账系统输入的,其它是内部产生的。规则是数据模型的中间级,它们是由字段构成的逻辑语句,用于选择测试的记录和通过/失败判据的逻辑操作数。例如,来自计划书的一个语句,诸如"投资组合有能力在将来投资等于但是不大于其总资产的30%",将翻译为下面的逻辑规则:选择判据:证券类型设定为"将来",条件:股票位置值的和<=总资产*30%。设定为将来的证券类型、证券位置值、总资产和30%是字段。数据模型顶级是测试。测试是对指定基金或基金组相继执行的规则的组合。测试允许指定公共的规则组。例如,所有国内基金将检查SEC和IRS遵从。不是分开指定每一个SEC和IRS遵从规则,而是可以建立两个测试(或规则组):SEC遵从和IRS遵从。然后把这些测试指定给一个基金或基金组。The system includes a subsystem that provides a user interface that generates and maintains data used by the execution engine to execute the logic defining the compliance tests. Compliance definition data has 3 layers: fields, rules and tests. At the lowest level of the data model are fields. They are the building blocks of reporting systems and represent raw data fields (or columns in a database table). Some fields are entered from the billing system, others are generated internally. Rules are the middle level of the data model, they are logical statements made up of fields, logical operands for selecting records for testing and pass/fail criteria. For example, a statement from a prospectus such as "The portfolio has the ability to invest in the future equal to but not more than 30% of its total assets" would be translated into the following logical rule: Selection Criterion: Security Type set to "Future" , condition: the sum of stock position values<=total assets*30%. Security Type, Security Position Value, Total Assets, and 30% set to Future are fields. The top level of the data model is the test. A test is a combination of rules that are executed sequentially for a given fund or group of funds. Tests allow specifying common rule groups. For example, all domestic funds will check for SEC and IRS compliance. Rather than specifying each SEC and IRS compliance rule separately, two tests (or sets of rules) can be created: SEC compliance and IRS compliance. These tests are then assigned to a fund or group of funds.
任何遵从规则可以用使用逻辑操作数和字段的一个逻辑形式表示。为验证规则所需要的所有信息可以从源提取,从外部数据源加载或根据一些已知的数据或规则计算。说明一个规则的逻辑的操作数表由标准比较运算符(<,<=,=,>,>=,SET,NOT SET)、逻辑运算符(AND,OR和NOT)、函数(MIN,MAX,AVERAGE,SUM,COUNT)和字段或数据项组成。Any compliance rule can be expressed in a logical form using logical operands and fields. All information needed for validation rules can be extracted from sources, loaded from external data sources or calculated based on some known data or rules. The operand table illustrating the logic of a rule consists of standard comparison operators (<, <=, =, >, >=, SET, NOT SET), logical operators (AND, OR, and NOT), functions (MIN, MAX, AVERAGE, SUM, COUNT) and fields or data items.
这一结构将允许重新使用规则和字段定义,以及为每一商业情况定制规则。可以开发规则库。当对一个现有的基金增加一个新规则,或者一个新基金要加到系统时,基金管理员可以审查规则库,取先前曾经使用的任何现有规则。这将允许很快开发一组规则,不需为每一新应用重新编程规则。在这一子系统内的每一项具有数字ID、自由格式名和说明。This structure will allow reuse of rules and field definitions, as well as customizing rules for each business situation. Rule bases can be developed. When adding a new rule to an existing fund, or when a new fund is to be added to the system, the fund administrator can review the rule base and retrieve any existing rules that were previously used. This would allow a set of rules to be developed very quickly without having to reprogram the rules for each new application. Each item within this subsystem has a numeric ID, a free-form name, and a description.
不同的位置可以采纳说明一个项的目的的名字,使用不同的命名约定。例如,可以如下命名一个规则:将来%限制,将来控股限制。遵从子系统允许测试(亦即执行)一个新建立的或修改的规则。只有授权的数据管理员能够改变字段、规则和测试定义。所有改变将记录到该表。Different locations may adopt names that describe the purpose of an item, using different naming conventions. For example, a rule could be named as follows: Future % Limit, Future Holding Limit. The compliance subsystem allows testing (ie, enforcement) of a newly created or modified rule. Only authorized data administrators can change field, rule and test definitions. All changes will be logged to this table.
系统维护数据库表中的所有定义并使用它们变换表中当前定义的逻辑为可以具有两个或3个返回值的小程序或规则:违反、警告和通过,取决于数据。大多数数据项由数据管理员定义和维护,因此可以为新商业环境或交易事项定制。所有遵从数据组织为一个包括字段、规则和测试的层次模型。每一级由在该层次结构中的下一组的项组成,用逻辑将它们连接到一起。使用参数传递数据到规则并允许建立具有同一逻辑但是不同值的类规则。所有遵从定义和测试功能通过列在主菜单屏幕上的遵从子菜单中的子项访问。The system maintains all the definitions in the database tables and uses them to transform the logic currently defined in the tables into applets or rules that can have two or 3 return values: violation, warning and pass, depending on the data. Most data items are defined and maintained by data stewards, so they can be customized for new business environments or transactions. All compliance data is organized into a hierarchical model including fields, rules and tests. Each level consists of the next set of items in the hierarchy, with logic connecting them together. Use parameters to pass data to rules and allow building classes of rules with the same logic but different values. All compliance definition and test functions are accessed through subitems listed in the Compliance submenu on the main menu screen.
为定义一个复杂的字段,牵涉系统、计算机服务器和计算机数据库。必须请求所有定义的字段类型。从字段类型表中检索所有记录。命名和说明所有新字段类型。验证这一信息。在字段的表中寻找该字段的名字,报告给用户。保存字段命令和请求。在字段表中插入一行。如果保存成功,则把字段ID发送到数据库。为选择的类型输入字段定义。用户请求所有可以用于建立一个复杂字段的字段和函数。然后用户定义该复杂字段作为检索的字段和函数的一个函数。把这一新的复杂字段保存到复杂字段定义表中。To define a complex field, systems, computer servers and computer databases are involved. All defined field types must be requested. Retrieves all records from the field type table. Name and describe all new field types. Verify this information. Looks up the field's name in the field's table and reports it to the user. Save field commands and requests. Insert a row into the fields table. If the save is successful, send the field ID to the database. Enter a field definition for the selected type. The user requests all fields and functions that can be used to build a complex field. The user then defines the complex field as a function of the retrieved fields and functions. Save this new complex field to the complex field definition table.
有6类字段:There are 6 types of fields:
基本字段-从源系统输入并保存在数据库中或由系统使用预定义的算法计算的字段。这种字段的例子有:保存的(例如市场值,CUSIP)和计算的(总净资产,调整的净资产)。Basic Fields - Fields that are entered from the source system and saved in the database or calculated by the system using a predefined algorithm. Examples of such fields are: saved (eg market value, CUSIP) and calculated (total equity, adjusted equity).
重新映射的字段-用于编组值到一个单一分类的字段。有两种不同的重新映射字段类型:范围和数值。数字值可以使用范围类型字段分组。例如,到期日可以以下述方式编组到新字段到期时间间隔:Remapped Fields - Fields used to group values into a single classification. There are two different types of remapped fields: range and numeric. Numeric values can be grouped using range type fields. For example, a due date could be marshaled to the new field due_interval in the following manner:
1到30天=>字段值"小于30天"1 to 30 days => field value "less than 30 days"
30到60天=>"从31到60天",等30 to 60 days => "from 31 to 60 days", etc.
可以使用值来重新映射表驱动的字段,亦即国家可以以下述方式重新映射为区域:Table-driven fields can be remapped using values, i.e. countries can be remapped as regions in the following way:
如果国家是美国、墨西哥或加拿大,则区域将是"北美",If the country is the United States, Mexico, or Canada, the region will be "North America",
如果国家是法国或英国,则区域将是"欧洲",等。If the country is France or the UK, the region will be "Europe", etc.
参数字段-用以传递数据到规则的字段。一个具有参数的规则的例子是:Parameter Fields - Fields used to pass data to the rule. An example of a rule with parameters is:
基金不能在XYZ国家投资Fund cannot invest in XYZ country
XYZ是传递给该规则的参数。参数允许同一规则具有多个不同的变数,例如:XYZ is the parameter passed to the rule. Parameters allow multiple different variations of the same rule, for example:
基金不能在日本投资的参数XYZ="日本"Parameter XYZ="Japan" that the fund cannot invest in Japan
基金不能在墨西哥投资的参数XYZ="墨西哥"The parameter XYZ="Mexico" that the fund cannot invest in Mexico
常数字段-具有常数值的字段。这些字段为规则定义内部使用,例如,命名为"33%"的常数字段可以具有数字值33。Constant Field - A field with a constant value. These fields are used internally by the rule definition, for example, a constant field named "33%" could have a numeric value of 33.
复合字段-用户定义的字段,包含使用标准的算术和逻辑运算符连接在一起的其它字段的组合,例如,复合字段收益/损失可以定义为市场值-成本。Composite Field - A user-defined field that contains a combination of other fields joined together using standard arithmetic and logical operators, for example, a composite field Gain/Loss could be defined as Market Value - Cost.
系统字段-系统中硬编码并由公共使用的字段,例如,今天的日期和用户ID。System Fields - Fields that are hard-coded in the system and used by the public, for example, today's date and user ID.
每一类字段在表中具有相应的前缀。以下述顺序产生字段:基本字段从源系统提取,然后根据基本字段计算系统字段。这些类的字段在数据输入期间产生。重新映射字段使用基本字段、系统字段、参数字段和重新映射表更新。复合字段根据所有其他字段的定义和值产生。Each type of field has a corresponding prefix in the table. Fields are generated in the following order: base fields are extracted from the source system, and system fields are calculated from the base fields. Fields of these classes are generated during data entry. Remap fields are updated using base fields, system fields, parameter fields, and remap tables. Composite fields are generated from the definitions and values of all other fields.
字段管理屏幕显示由类目分组并在一组内按字母排序的的所有当前定义的字段的列表。总结和定义标签复盖字段细节信息。总结标签表示一般字段信息,包括:ID、名字、类型、字段维护的说明和历史。定义标签,如果字段类型是复合类型,表示可以用于产生一个复合字段的字段(所有基本字段、常数字段、重新映射字段、系统字段和参数字段)的两个列表。于是,这一屏幕表示将根据当前字段的类型改变。另外,它不用于基本字段。对于重新映射字段的定义标签表示应该用作该字段的源的字段(所有基本字段)的列表、重新映射字段(范围或值)的类型和具有增加、删除或编辑实体功能的重映射的表。The Fields Management screen displays a list of all currently defined fields grouped by category and sorted alphabetically within a group. Summarize and define tabs to cover field details. The summary tag represents general field information, including: ID, name, type, description and history of field maintenance. The definition tag, if the field type is a composite type, indicates two lists of fields (all basic fields, constant fields, remap fields, system fields, and parameter fields) that can be used to generate a composite field. Thus, this screen representation will change according to the type of the current field. Also, it is not used for base fields. The Definition tab for a remapped field indicates the list of fields (all base fields) that should be used as the source for that field, the type of remapped field (range or value) and the remapped table with functionality to add, delete or edit entities.
和在别处讨论的一样,按照本系统的"规则"是表示从基金计划书SEC或IRS文件导出的口头限制的逻辑陈述。一个规则可以只有两个或3个下面的结果:通过,警告,违反。每一规则由下面4部分组成:输入(用于给规则传递数据的字段(参数)的列表-一些规则没有参数);选择判据(一组逻辑语句,标识应该被包含在该规则的应用中的记录,亦即检查);输出(字段的一个列表,可选用指示排序和分组,用于检查如果失败应该包含在记录中的字段);和规则定义(逻辑语句,说明使用两种形式的一个输出字段的限制:集中的和绝对的;集中形式定义对一个两字段的比率的数字限制(阈值),而绝对规则形式定义一个字段中的值或者触发违反和/或警告的一个字段的值和另一个字段的值的组合)。As discussed elsewhere, "rules" under this system are logical statements representing verbal restrictions derived from fund prospectus SEC or IRS filings. A rule can have only two or three of the following outcomes: Pass, Warning, Violation. Each rule consists of the following 4 parts: input (a list of fields (parameters) used to pass data to the rule - some rules have no parameters); selection criteria (a set of logic statements that identify what should be included in the application of the rule records, i.e. checks); output (a list of fields, optionally indicating ordering and grouping, for fields that should be included in the record if the check fails); and rule definitions (logical statements, specifying the fields using one of two forms Limits for output fields: centralized and absolute; the centralized form defines a numeric limit (threshold) on a two-field ratio, while the absolute rule form defines the value in a field or the value of a field that triggers a violation and/or warning and combination of the value of another field).
规则定义产生记录,该记录标识该规则的每一项并由系统的执行引擎使用来施加定义的逻辑到定义的数据子集和用于检查警告和/或违反的阈值。数据模型是层次结构的,所有项,包括函数和运算符通过在现有表中的连接参考。这一方法的好处是功能可以扩展(例如可以建立新函数或规则)而无需在前端应用中编码。A rule definition produces a record that identifies each item of the rule and is used by the system's execution engine to apply defined logic to defined subsets of data and thresholds for checking for warnings and/or violations. The data model is hierarchical and all items, including functions and operators, are referenced through joins in existing tables. The benefit of this approach is that functionality can be extended (eg new functions or rules can be created) without coding in the front-end application.
遵从规则维护屏幕由两个框组成。左边的框是所有可用规则的一个列表框。右边的框包括选择的规则的详细信息。通过点击规则列表框中的一个规则,用户可以选择规则观看或修改。通过点击NEW按钮,用户可以建立一个新规则。系统产生一个新的唯一的规则ID。在规则信息框中的所有其它信息被初始化。当完成规则定义后,用户点击保存按钮存储该新规则或点击撤消按钮取消该次操作。The Compliance Maintenance screen consists of two frames. The left frame is a list box of all available rules. The box to the right includes details of the selected rule. By clicking a rule in the rule list box, the user can select the rule to view or modify. By clicking the NEW button, the user can create a new rule. The system generates a new unique rule ID. All other information in the rule info box is initialized. When the rule definition is complete, the user clicks the save button to store the new rule or clicks the undo button to cancel the operation.
右框包含用于规则信息的5个标签。第一个标签是总结标签。它包括关于该规则的一般信息,诸如:规则类型,说明和名字。参数标签包括允许用户为一种基金定制规则的信息。在这一屏幕中,用户可以定义由该规则使用的参数列表。规则维护-选择标签允许用户定义判据以便选择该规则所应用到的基金数据的一个子集(亦即-只使用固定收入证券类型)。规则维护-输出字段标签允许用户定义将在规则报告上出现的字段。这一功能还提供用户定义排序和编组判据的能力。规则维护-定义标签(集中规则类型)允许用户指定被用于遵从检查的字段和为这些字段定义违反和警告阈值。规则维护-定义标签(绝对规则类型)允许用户为一个简单的绝对规则选择字段。(例如,-在投资组合中不允许将来)。用户可以为一个表格式的绝对规则选择两个字段(例如,不同类型的证券对它们的期限有不同限制)。The right frame contains 5 tabs for rule information. The first tab is the summary tab. It includes general information about the rule, such as: rule type, description and name. The Parameters tab includes information that allows the user to customize the rules for a fund. From this screen, the user can define a list of parameters to be used by the rule. The Rule Maintenance - Selection tab allows the user to define criteria for selecting a subset of the fund data to which the rule applies (ie - use only fixed income security types). Rule Maintenance - The Output Fields tab allows the user to define the fields that will appear on the rule report. This functionality also provides the ability for user-defined sorting and grouping criteria. The Rule Maintenance-Definitions tab (Central Rule Type) allows the user to specify the fields to be used for compliance checking and to define violation and warning thresholds for these fields. The Rule Maintenance - Definitions tab (Absolute Rule Type) allows the user to select fields for a simple absolute rule. (e.g. - does not allow futures in a portfolio). The user can select two fields for a tabular absolute rule (for example, different types of securities have different limits on their maturities).
测试是规则的一个组合,这些规则可应用于一种基金或一个基金组,该基金组由到规则列表的项的连接的列表形成。一个测试中的所有规则是独立的并且不具有对在其它规则中的数据或结构的连接。这一数据实体是为给一种基金或者基金组分配多个规则的方便建立的。A test is a combination of rules applicable to a fund or a group of funds formed by a list of connections to the items of the rule list. All rules in a test are independent and have no connections to data or structures in other rules. This data entity is created for the convenience of assigning multiple rules to a fund or group of funds.
用于遵从测试维护的用户界面包括几个标签,它们允许用户深入以获得关于一个测试的信息。总结标签显示遵从测试维护屏幕,它由两个框组成。左边的框是一个所有可用测试的列表框。右边的框包括所选择的测试的详细信息。通过点击测试列表框中的一个测试,用户可以选择一个测试观看或修改。点击NEW按钮,用户可以产生一个新测试。系统建立一个新的唯一的测试ID。在测试信息框中的所有其它字段都被初始化。当完成测试定义后,用户然后点击SAVE按钮来存储该新测试,或者点击CABCEL按钮取消该次操作。右框为测试信息包含3个标签。第一标签是总结标签。它包括关于该测试的一般信息,诸如:测试说明和名字。The user interface for compliance test maintenance includes several tabs that allow the user to drill down to obtain information about a test. The Summary tab displays the Compliance Test Maintenance screen, which consists of two frames. The left frame is a list box of all available tests. The box to the right includes details of the selected test. By clicking on a test in the test list box, the user can select a test to view or modify. By clicking the NEW button, the user can create a new test. The system creates a new unique test ID. All other fields in the test info box are initialized. When finished defining the test, the user then clicks the SAVE button to store the new test, or the CABCEL button to cancel the operation. The right box contains 3 tabs for test information. The first tab is a summary tab. It includes general information about the test, such as: test description and name.
第二标签是规则标签,它允许用户选择在该次测试内执行什么样的规则。两个列表框给用户显示可用规则和指定给该测试的规则的列表。第三标签是历史标签,它给用户显示何时产生的测试和最后更新,以及谁进行的修改。The second tab is the Rules tab, which allows the user to choose what rules to execute within this test. Two list boxes show the user a list of available rules and rules assigned to the test. The third tab is the History tab, which shows the user when the test was generated and last updated, and who made the modification.
系统包括一个遵从引擎,其用于应用规则到基金数据。以两种方式请求执行遵从测试:通过在线菜单或从日程或任务队列。使用存储的过程的组合,以及一些直接SQL请求,以便提供数据库连接。在这两种情况,该引擎收集所有为同一当前/截止日期组合从任务队列中请求的规则。遵从引擎组合多个规则的执行以便提供高效率。数据收集通过调用服务器上各个相关的数据库进行。所有警告/违反检查将在应用服务器上执行,不需另外访问数据库服务器。The system includes a compliance engine for applying rules to fund data. A compliance test can be requested in two ways: via the online menu or from the schedule or task queue. Use a combination of stored procedures, and some direct SQL requests to provide database connectivity. In both cases, the engine collects all rules requested from the task queue for the same current/deadline combination. The compliance engine combines the execution of multiple rules to provide high efficiency. Data collection is carried out by calling various relevant databases on the server. All warning/violation checks will be performed on the application server without additional access to the database server.
特别参考图15,系统从在框150的任务队列中或在框151的在线用户接收遵从检查请求。该引擎将在框152收集关于在指定组的测试中使用的所有字段的信息,并寻找在任务队列153上未处理的相似的请求。这允许更有效地操作本系统,因为所有这些相似的请求可以一起运行。在框154,该引擎从数据库156检索数据,使用一系列存储的过程和建立具有当前字段结余(balance)的临时表155为测试中使用。这一过程将提供最小的数据访问,因为大多数规则/报告将共享同样的数据。例如,如果需要在几个测试中使用的20个规则来为一定的当前/截止日期组合重新构造CUSIP、SEDOL和资产说明的话,则系统将只建立这些值的列表一次,然后为所有其它规则使用它。在框157,系统决定"当前"日期是否是该基金的最后业务日。如果当前日期不是该基金的最后业务日,则应用服务器将在框158产生一系列请求以执行存储的过程来调整为该当前/截止日期组合检索的字段的值。特别是,系统将从存储在计算机数据库159中存储的历史日志检索数据并相应修改临时表155。With particular reference to FIG. 15 , the system receives a compliance check request from a task queue at block 150 or from an online user at block 151 . The engine will gather information on all fields used in the specified set of tests at block 152 and look for similar requests that are pending on task queue 153 . This allows for more efficient operation of the system as all these similar requests can be run together. At block 154, the engine retrieves data from database 156, using a series of stored procedures and builds temporary table 155 with current field balances for use in testing. This process will provide minimal data access as most rules/reports will share the same data. For example, if 20 rules used in several tests were required to reconstruct CUSIP, SEDOL, and asset descriptions for a certain current/deadline combination, the system would only build a list of these values once and then use them for all other rules it. At block 157, the system determines whether the "current" date is the last day of operation for the fund. If the current date is not the last day of business for the fund, the application server will generate a series of requests at block 158 to execute stored procedures to adjust the values of the fields retrieved for the current/closed date combination. In particular, the system will retrieve data from historical logs stored in computer database 159 and modify temporary table 155 accordingly.
在数据调整后,产生的临时表将传递给应用服务器,它将在框552提供排序、判据验证和为所有单个规则报告。这一处理将完全独立于数据库服务器。在检索的表中的行的估计的数目最大为100到500。估计的字段数不大于50。为每一个登录的在线用户有一个专用的连接以提供在线对话请求。这一连接由应用服务器建立,而不是用户。用户完全不连接到数据库服务器。每一应用服务器将维护连接条件(pull),具有可调整数目(在细调期间)的数据库服务器连接。连接请求由应用服务器排队。这将提供以并行方式执行某些请求的机会以增加系统的表现和从数据库服务器取更大的能力,同时把数据操作分在应用和数据库服务器之间。After data adjustment, the resulting temporary table will be passed to the application server, which will provide sorting, criterion validation and reporting for all individual rules at block 552. This processing will be completely independent of the database server. The estimated number of rows in the retrieved table is at most 100 to 500. The estimated number of fields is no greater than 50. There is a dedicated connection for each logged-in online user to provide online chat requests. This connection is established by the application server, not the user. Users are not connected to the database server at all. Each application server will maintain a connection condition (pull), with an adjustable number (during fine-tuning) of database server connections. Connection requests are queued by the application server. This will provide an opportunity to execute certain requests in parallel to increase system performance and extract greater capacity from the database server, while dividing data operations between the application and the database server.
系统自动通知基金管理员和基金管理者某些已安排日程的事件,以及遵从违反和警告。这些通知可以通过传真、寻呼机或电子邮件发送。优选,规则违反在结果报告中或通过在线结果跟踪特征报告。为一种基金的联络人名输入到系统但是可以提供缺省联络名。不同的联络名(具有不同的交付方法)可以与不同的事件关联。The system automatically notifies fund administrators and fund administrators of certain scheduled events, as well as compliance violations and warnings. These notices may be sent by fax, pager or email. Preferably, rule violations are reported in the results report or via an online results tracking feature. A contact name for a fund is entered into the system but a default contact name can be provided. Different contact names (with different delivery methods) can be associated with different events.
可以从任务调度程序或者从基金维护屏幕访问通知屏幕。通知屏幕包括在系统内的可用联络的一个列表框。数据管理员可以从列表框选择一个用户通知和通知方法。数据管理员必须选择至少一个引起通知的通知触发器,例如一个系统事件或测试结果,等。The Notifications screen can be accessed from the Task Scheduler or from the Fund Maintenance screen. The Notifications screen includes a list box of available contacts within the system. Data stewards can select a user notification and notification method from the list boxes. The data steward must select at least one notification trigger that causes notification, such as a system event or test result, etc.
当通知触发器是一个遵从测试结果时,在"为什么通知"框的触发器选项将是警告或者违反两者之一。数据管理员可以选择这些选项中的一个或两者。如果通知触发器是另一个系统事件,则为该框在通知中的触发器选项是成功、失败或推迟。再一次,数据管理员可以选择这些选项的任何组合。一旦完成这些字段,数据管理员就可以在任何时间点击CANCEL来删除任何改变并刷新屏幕数据到该次对话的开始。When the notification trigger is a compliance test result, the trigger option in the "Why Notify" box will be either a Warning or a Violation. Data stewards can choose one or both of these options. If the notification trigger is another system event, the trigger options for this box in the notification are Success, Failure, or Postpone. Again, data stewards can choose any combination of these options. Once these fields are completed, the data administrator can click CANCEL at any time to delete any changes and refresh the screen data to the beginning of the session.
联络维护屏幕允许数据管理员输入或编辑关于联络的信息。参考表示通知请求流程图的图16,可以使用下拉菜单或者其它的用户界面设备简化这一信息的提交。在框161根据基金ID和测试ID从联络通知交付数据库162读数据库表以便在框163填充屏幕的列表框。使用这一提取的数据填充监视器44的屏幕上的列表框。当修改任何字段时,激活SAVE按钮169和CANCEL按钮560。调用子例程从一个列表框移动树项到另一个列表框。对所有字段验证其准确性和有效性。在框563修改通知交付表564上的数据并存储。The Contact Maintenance screen allows the Data Administrator to enter or edit information about contacts. Referring to FIG. 16, which shows a flow diagram of a notification request, the submission of this information can be simplified using drop-down menus or other user interface devices. The database table is read from the contact
参考表示联络维护流程图的图17,在框171根据基金ID和测试ID读数据库表173以填充监视器44的屏幕列表框。在框172用提取的数据填充屏幕上的列表框。用户可以点击CLOSE按钮175返回应用模块170。然后用户可以编辑字段。如果用户点击FIELD UPDATE按钮176,则系统在框177激活保存和撤消功能。如果用户点击CANCEL按钮179,则系统在框570初始化监视器44的屏幕。如果用户点击SAVE按钮178,则系统在框571验证用户输入的数据是否合适。如果在框572决定该数据不正确,则系统在框575发送一个错误消息给监视器44,返回字段更新屏幕。如果系统没有决定在框572输入的数据不正确,则在框573更新联络数据库574。然后系统返回字段更新屏幕。Referring to FIG. 17 which shows a contact maintenance flow diagram, at
参考表示通知交付服务流程图的图18,在框181根据基金ID和测试ID读联络数据库表182以填充屏幕列表框。在框183从数据库决定通知方法(亦即寻呼机,传真,电子邮件)。在框184、185或186分别格式化为寻呼机、电子邮件或传真的消息。然后系统在框187接触另一个软件程序,诸如Lotus Notes,以便在框188通过优选的方法发送一个适当的消息。Referring to Figure 18 which shows a flow diagram of the notification delivery service, at
系统允许遵从分析员选择和运行各种遵从测试,包括IRS和SEC测试,和税务和金融报告。产生报告并如果合适的话传输通知。特别是,优选下面的报告可用:计划书测试,IRS分散报告,SEC1940法令报告和SEC 2a-7报告。遵从分析员可以指定锚定(anchor)日期期间,亦即"当前"、"到"和"从…截止"日期。报告格式的类型(打印,文件或显示)和运行该报告安排的时间由遵从分析员指定。可以提供菜单驱动的图形用户界面来帮助遵从分析员输入这一数据。在任务队列中插入一个记录指示何时运行该测试。一个基于服务器的处理将运行并应请求提供报告。The system allows compliance analysts to select and run a variety of compliance tests, including IRS and SEC tests, and tax and financial reporting. Generate reports and transmit notifications if appropriate. In particular, the following preferred reports are available: Prospectus Test, IRS Dispersion Report, SEC 1940 Act Report and SEC 2a-7 Report. The compliance analyst can specify anchor date periods, ie "now", "to" and "from" dates. The type of report format (print, file or display) and the scheduled time to run the report are specified by the Compliance Analyst. A menu-driven graphical user interface may be provided to assist compliance analysts in entering this data. Insert a record in the task queue indicating when to run the test. A server-based process will run and provide reports upon request.
参考图19,用户从主菜单选择报告。在框191从数据库192读遵从、IRS和SEC数据。然后用户必须点击SEARCH按钮193以便在框194选择基金打开窗口。用户发现和选择一种基金,然后关闭这一窗口。基金ID、名字和活动的过账日期在框195在遵从报告窗口的顶部显示,但是可以不在这里编辑。用户在框196输入当前日期和截止日期。然后用户分别选择SEC、IRS或遵从标签198、490或492。显示为每一类目的一个测试列表,用户分别在框199、491或493选择(或取消选择)希望运行的所有测试。然后用户在框495、496或497选择报告交付的手段。如果通过点击按钮498安排测试"现在"运行,则其在框590立即排队。系统在框593决定这一安排是否必须。如果不是(亦即测试要现在运行),则在框594安排该报告立即运行,并放在队列表595中。如果用户曾通过点击按钮499指示测试后来运行,则在框592打开任务日程安排对话框。当用户结束后,他关闭遵从报告菜单并返回主菜单屏幕。Referring to Figure 19, the user selects Reports from the main menu. Compliance, IRS and SEC data is read from
系统跟踪遵从警告和违反并从起初存储这些(连同响应记录)。跟踪违反的子系统包括5个模块:结果跟踪服务;自动响应服务;手工违反产生;结果跟踪用户界面;和违反细节显示。结果跟踪服务跟踪所有自动的规则警告和违反。在遵从测试执行期间,当一个基金处于为一个规则的警告或违反中,并且为该测试的所有规则已经为一个基金处理完毕时,则不管成功与否,遵从引擎将调用这一服务。遵从执行引擎格式化一个消息,该消息包括:基金ID-正被测试的基金的唯一标识符;测试ID-正在执行的测试的唯一标识符;规则号码-处于违反中的规则的唯一标识符(为规则违反消息);日期时间印记-违反的时间和日期;说明-违反的简要说明;和类型-指示这一违反是警告或违反的指示符(W/V)。The system tracks compliance warnings and violations and stores these (along with response records) from the beginning. The violation tracking subsystem includes five modules: result tracking service; automatic response service; manual violation generation; result tracking user interface; and violation detail display. The Results Tracking Service tracks all automated rule warnings and violations. During compliance test execution, the compliance engine will invoke this service when a fund is in warning or violation for a rule, and all rules for that test have been processed for a fund, whether successful or not. Comply with the Execution Engine to format a message that includes: Fund ID - the unique identifier of the fund being tested; Test ID - the unique identifier of the test being executed; RuleNumber - the unique identifier of the rule in violation ( is a rule violation message); DateTimestamp - time and date of the violation; Description - brief description of the violation; and Type - an indicator (W/V) indicating that this violation is a warning or a violation.
当从遵从引擎接收到一个规则违反消息时,它将被记录在数据库中。从该引擎传递的信息将存储在系统数据库中,连同指示违反源是否是该自动引擎的指示符。当从遵从引擎接收到一个测试完成消息时,系统将决定该测试的违反状态。如果违反该测试内的任何规则,则考虑该测试处于违反状态,于是格式化一个消息并发送到通知交付部件。如果在该测试内没有规则违反,则考虑该测试不在违反状态,于是请求自动响应部件关闭任何自动违反。When a rule violation message is received from the compliance engine, it is logged in the database. Information passed from this engine will be stored in the system database along with an indicator indicating whether the source of the violation was this automated engine. When a test completion message is received from the compliance engine, the system will determine the violation status of the test. If any rule within the test is violated, the test is considered to be in violation and a message is formatted and sent to the notification delivery component. If there are no rule violations within the test, then the test is considered not in a violation state, and the automatic response component is requested to turn off any automatic violations.
自动响应服务自动把响应传送给存在的违反。如果对一个基金执行遵从测试不产生任何违反,则结果跟踪服务将调用这一模块来传送响应给一个存在的违反,如果需要的话。如果该基金曾经为一个过去自动产生的同一测试有先前未处理的违反,则自动响应服务将传送一个响应,指示该基金不再处于违反下,并关闭违反指示符。如果该未处理的违反是由一个用户手工产生的,则系统将传送一个响应,指示该测试成功完成。然而,违反指示符保持打开。该服务不能关闭手工产生的违反。The auto-response service automatically delivers responses to existing violations. If compliance testing performed on a fund does not result in any violations, the Results Tracking Service will invoke this module to transmit a response to an existing violation, if required. If the fund had a previously unhandled violation for the same test that was automatically generated in the past, the automated response service will transmit a response indicating that the fund is no longer under a violation and turn off the violation indicator. If the unhandled violation was manually generated by a user, the system will transmit a response indicating that the test completed successfully. However, the violation indicator remains on. The service cannot close manually generated violations.
结果跟踪用户界面提供一个图形接口,以允许用户显示和打印当前和先前违反的报告。用户可以用基金、测试、规则、违反/警告、指示符、或自动或手工产生指示符、和它的状态定界报告请求。另外,用户可以提供为该请求的日期范围。一旦显示报告,用户就可以请求一份硬拷贝打印件。他们也可以请求详细显示一次单一的违反。还可以手工打开一个新的违反。The results tracking user interface provides a graphical interface to allow the user to display and print reports of current and previous violations. A user may delimit a report request by fund, test, rule, violation/warning, indicator, or automatically or manually generate an indicator, and its status. Alternatively, the user can provide a date range for the request. Once the report is displayed, the user can request a hard copy printout. They can also request a detailed display of a single violation. You can also manually open a new violation.
手工违反产生提供手工传送遵从违反或警告。一个授权的用户可以标记一个基金为违反一个规则/测试。通过手工触发违反,将自动调用违反通知处理。一个图形用户界面将允许用户手工输入跟踪数据(上面指出)。一旦产生一个手工违反,则它就只能由授权用户手工关闭。手工违反将和自动违反同样跟踪。Manual violation generation provides manual transmission of compliance violations or warnings. An authorized user can flag a fund for violating a rule/test. By manually triggering a violation, the violation notification process will be invoked automatically. A graphical user interface will allow the user to manually enter tracking data (noted above). Once a manual violation has been generated, it can only be manually closed by an authorized user. Manual violations will be tracked the same as automatic violations.
违反细节显示提供一次单一违反的详细信息。它在结果跟踪用户界面上提供所有信息。另外,它提供违反的时间,通知了什么联络,和引起该违反的所有规则的一个列表。用户将能够观看和添加响应到该违反。The Violation Details display provides details of a single violation. It provides all information on the result tracking UI. Additionally, it provides the time of the violation, what contact was notified, and a list of all rules that caused the violation. Users will be able to watch and add responses to the breach.
使用结果跟踪屏幕来观看当前的和历史的遵从违反和对这些违反的响应。该屏幕由3部分组成。屏幕的左上侧用于定量表示为违反的选择判据。用户可以选择一个为寻找、测试或筛选的标签。屏幕的右上侧用于显示作为选择结果出现的违反。屏幕的下部包括允许用户检索违反、选择要详细观看的违反、建立一个手工产生的新违反、或关闭该屏幕的按钮。Use the Results Tracking screen to view current and historical compliance violations and responses to those violations. This screen consists of 3 parts. The upper left side of the screen is used to quantify the selection criteria that are violated. The user can select a tag for finding, testing or filtering. The upper right side of the screen is used to display the violations that occurred as a result of the selection. The lower portion of the screen includes buttons that allow the user to retrieve a violation, select a violation to view in detail, create a new manually generated violation, or close the screen.
基金标签允许用户选择为之要显示违反的基金。通过输入基金ID、部分ID、基金名或部分名,用户将选择SEARCH按钮从基金管理数据库检索匹配的基金的列表。如果没有输入ID或者名字,则显示基金的整个列表。然后用户选择一个要用于选择的基金。用户通过使用在该列表一侧的滚动条可以容易地在该列表中滚动。The Funds tab allows the user to select the funds for which violations are to be displayed. By entering a fund ID, partial ID, fund name or partial name, the user will select the SEARCH button to retrieve a list of matching funds from the fund management database. If no ID or name is entered, the entire list of funds is displayed. The user then selects a fund to use for selection. The user can easily scroll through the list by using the scroll bar on the side of the list.
为选择一个基金,用户移动光标到希望的基金上并点击鼠标左键。该基金将加亮。如果要选择多于一个基金,则用户可以点击SELECT ALL按钮选择列表中的所有基金,或者他们可以点击其它基金同时保持CTRL键被按下。测试标签允许用户选择为之显示违反的遵从测试。通过输入一个测试ID,、部分ID、测试名或部分名,用户选择SEARCH按钮从基金管理数据库检索匹配的测试的列表。如果未输入ID或名字,则显示测试的整个列表。然后用户选择一个要用于选择的测试。用户能够通过使用在该列表一侧的滚动条在该列表中滚动。To select a fund, the user moves the cursor over the desired fund and clicks the left mouse button. The fund will be highlighted. If more than one fund is to be selected, the user can click the SELECT ALL button to select all funds in the list, or they can click on the other funds while keeping the CTRL key pressed. The Tests tab allows the user to select the compliance tests for which violations are displayed. By entering a Test ID, Part ID, Test Name or Part Name, the user selects the SEARCH button to retrieve a list of matching tests from the fund management database. If no ID or name is entered, the entire list of tests is displayed. The user then selects a test to be used for selection. The user can scroll through the list by using the scroll bar on the side of the list.
为选择一个测试,用户移动光标到希望的测试上并点击鼠标左键。该测试将加亮。如果要选择多于一个测试,则用户可以点击SELECT ALL按钮选择列表中的所有测试,或者用户可以点击其它测试同时保持CTRL键被按下。使用筛选标签筛选请求的违反,按其状态、违反级、产生的源或日期范围。任何以及所有判据都可以使用,如果用户这样决定的话。状态检查框允许用户请求打开或者关闭违反。级检查框允许用户请求在警告或违反中的违反。建立检查框允许用户通过它们是如何产生的来定界请求,是由系统自动地,还是由用户手工。另外,用户能够输入一个供选择的日期范围。To select a test, the user moves the cursor over the desired test and clicks the left mouse button. The test will be highlighted. If more than one test is to be selected, the user can click the SELECT ALL button to select all tests in the list, or the user can click on other tests while keeping the CTRL key pressed. Use the filter tabs to filter requested violations by their status, violation level, source of origin, or date range. Any and all criteria may be used if the user so decides. A status check box allows the user to request that violations be turned on or off. A level checkbox allows the user to request a violation in Warning or Violation. Establishing checkboxes allows the user to delimit requests by how they are generated, automatically by the system, or manually by the user. Additionally, the user can enter a range of dates for selection.
一旦输入所有请求的字段,用户就点击RETRIEVE按钮。这将触发对结果跟踪数据库的查询。查询的结果在屏幕右上侧的表中显示。该结果违反表中包含处在违反中的基金的基金ID,失败的测试的测试ID,执行日期,违反的当前状态(开/关),违反的级(警告/违反),和违反的源(手工/自动)。用户通过把光标放在细节线上双击鼠标左键或者单击鼠标按钮和点击屏幕底部的SELECT按钮而选择一个违反来详细处理。通过点击NEW按钮,用户可以打开屏幕手工产生一个遵从违反。Once all requested fields are entered, the user clicks the RETRIEVE button. This will trigger a query to the results tracking database. The results of the query are displayed in a table on the upper right side of the screen. The resulting violation table contains the fund ID of the fund in violation, the test ID of the test that failed, the execution date, the current state of the violation (on/off), the level of the violation (warning/violation), and the source of the violation ( manual/automatic). The user selects a violation to detail by placing the cursor on the detail line and double-clicking the left mouse button or clicking the mouse button and clicking the SELECT button at the bottom of the screen. By clicking the NEW button, the user can open the screen to manually create a compliance violation.
并非所有遵从检查可以自动执行。某些结果必须由遵从分析员脱机计算。本发明的系统允许遵从分析员输入这些手工调查的结果到系统。任何遵从报告(或其它报告)不仅包括由系统执行的自动的测试,还包括由遵从分析员执行的手工计算。Not all compliance checks can be automated. Certain results must be calculated offline by the Compliance Analyst. The system of the present invention allows compliance analysts to input the results of these manual investigations into the system. Any compliance report (or other report) includes not only the automated tests performed by the system, but also manual calculations performed by the compliance analyst.
用户可以建立一个手工产生的违反,自动加载当前日期和时间,请求该违反的用户的ID。用户提供基金ID,测试ID,和请求的违反的级。然后用户从可选择输入框中选择违反中的规则。需要用户输入该违反的简要说明。通过点击SAVE按钮,该违反数据将存储在结果跟踪数据库中。用户可以通过点击CANCEL按钮撤消操作。为关闭该屏幕,用户点击CLOSE按钮。A user can create a manually generated violation, which automatically loads the current date and time, and the ID of the user who requested the violation. The user provides the fund ID, test ID, and level of violation requested. The user then selects the rule in Violation from the selectable input box. Requires user input for a brief description of the violation. By clicking the SAVE button, this violation data will be stored in the results tracking database. The user can undo the operation by clicking the CANCEL button. To close the screen, the user clicks the CLOSE button.
违反细节屏幕显示关于在结果跟踪屏幕上选择的违反的详细信息。该屏幕的顶框包含关于该违反的详细信息。基金ID、测试ID、违反的日期和时间、级、违反的状态、谁产生的该违反(或系统)、以及通知了谁。另外一个可选择输入框允许用户看引起该违反的所有规则。当选择一个规则时,说明填充其右侧。屏幕的下半部显示对在列表框中的违反的所有存在的响应。该表表示响应的日期和时间,谁输入的响应(或系统),该响应是否关闭该违反,和文字消息。用户可以通过点击NEW按钮输入一个新响应。这将在列表框的顶部增加一个新响应。系统将初始化日期、时间、和用户。状态列初始化为打开。然而,如果用户点击该字段的话则将产生一个具有打开和关闭的值的下拉框。这将允许用户关闭该违反。当用户点击TEXT字段时,该字段不被保护,以允许输入数据。一旦所有字段被填充,用户就可以点击SAVE按钮存储数据。用户可以通过点击CANCEL按钮取消更新。通过点击CLOSE按钮,用户将关闭该屏幕。The Violation Details screen displays detailed information about the violation selected on the Results Tracking screen. The top frame of the screen contains detailed information about the violation. Fund ID, Test ID, date and time of breach, level, status of breach, who generated the breach (or system), and who was notified. Another optional input box allows the user to see all the rules that caused the violation. When a rule is selected, the description is populated to the right of it. The lower half of the screen displays all existing responses to violations in the list box. The table indicates the date and time of the response, who entered the response (or system), whether the response closed the violation, and the text message. The user can enter a new response by clicking the NEW button. This will add a new response on top of the listbox. The system will initialize the date, time, and user. The status column is initialized to open. However, if the user clicks on the field then a dropdown box with on and off values will be generated. This will allow the user to close the violation. When the user clicks on a TEXT field, the field is unprotected to allow data to be entered. Once all the fields are filled, the user can click the SAVE button to store the data. Users can cancel the update by clicking the CANCEL button. By clicking the CLOSE button, the user will close the screen.
参考表示结果跟踪流程图的图20,结果跟踪处理在框200从遵从引擎接受一个格式化的消息。如果系统在框201决定该消息是为一个规则违反而发的,则系统在框204从数据库205检索违反出现信息。该消息包括:基金ID、测试ID、规则名、日期、时间、和违反/警告指示符。该消息是为一个测试完成,规则号码将是零。通过检查规则号码字段,可以决定该消息是测试完成还是规则违反消息。在规则违反的事件下,该处理将在框202存储违反出现细节到数据库203。当接受到测试完成时,该处理必须在框207决定在该测试中是否违反任何规则。通过访问违反出现表205,可以决定这一点。关键字访问有:基金ID、测试ID、日期、规则号码。如果找到一个违反出现,则意味着该测试失败。在规则违反的事件下,该处理将在数据库中存储违反出现细节。在成功测试的事件下,在框206格式化一个消息以便在框600响应为该基金的这一测试现存的违反。在测试失败的事件下,在框208格式化一个消息,以便在框209传送到通知交付模块。Referring to FIG. 20 which illustrates a results tracking flowchart, the results tracking process accepts a formatted message at block 200 from the compliance engine. If the system determines at block 201 that the message is for a rule violation, the system retrieves violation occurrence information from database 205 at block 204 . The message includes: Fund ID, Test ID, Rule Name, Date, Time, and Violation/Warning Indicator. This message is for a test complete and the rule number will be zero. By checking the rule number field, you can decide whether the message is a test completion or a rule violation message. In the event of a rule violation, the process will at block 202 store details of the occurrence of the violation to database 203 . When it is accepted that the test is complete, the process must decide at block 207 whether any rules were violated in the test. This can be determined by accessing the violation occurrence table 205 . Keyword access includes: fund ID, test ID, date, rule number. If a violation is found, it means that the test has failed. In the event of a rule violation, the process will store details of the violation in the database. In the event of a successful test, a message is formatted at block 206 to respond at block 600 to an existing violation of this test for the fund. In the event of a test failure, a message is formatted at block 208 for delivery to the notification delivery module at block 209 .
参考图21,该图表示系统的自动响应。使用接收到的格式化的消息,在框210格式化一个违反响应消息。在框211在数据库212上产生一个违反响应出现。通过解释接受到的消息,可以决定,该消息是来自前端模块以产生响应的,还是来自结果跟踪模块。如果为一个自动产生的违反(其在框213决定)接收一个自动的响应,则该模块将关闭该违反。在框214将更新违反出现数据库215。使用的关键字字段有:基金ID、测试ID、规则号码、日期、和源。Referring to Figure 21, this figure shows the automatic response of the system. Using the received formatted message, a violation response message is formatted at
参考图22,说明手工违反的建立。用户选择违反跟踪菜单228。在框220用从结果跟踪用户界面传送的数据和系统数据格式化屏幕字段。然后用户在框229插入任何手工违反记录。如果用户点击CANCEL按钮223,则在框227为新用户输入初始化屏幕数据。如果用户点击SAVE按钮222,则在框225使用屏幕数据把违反出现和违反细节数据库记录存储到数据库226。用户可以通过点击CLOSE按钮224关闭这一窗口。Referring to Figure 22, the establishment of a manual violation is illustrated. The user selects the
参考图23,在框230开始,表示违反跟踪菜单、违反信息的详细显示。系统在框231从系统数据库232读违反响应。关键字是:基金ID、测试ID、日期。系统在框233从系统数据库232读违反细节。关键字是:基金ID、测试ID、规则号码、和日期。在框433通过用违反细节填充可选择输入框和用违反响应填充数据树而格式化屏幕。当用户点击NEW按钮234时,在框234在数据树中产生一个新响应或细节行,具有当前日期、时间和用户ID。为状态和文字提供更新字段。点击SAVE按钮237,在框539存储违反响应到系统数据库232。清除数据树中的任何新细节行。Referring to Figure 23, beginning at
用户可以通过点击CANCEL按钮238取消改变,系统将在框239清除该新响应。当然,用户可以点击CLOSE按钮530关闭这一窗口。The user can cancel the change by clicking the CANCEL
参考图24,说明用户界面为结果跟踪的操作,从主菜单240开始。在框241初始化所有屏幕字段。点击NEW按钮243,为手工违反处理的消息在框244格式化。在框245打开为手工违反建立的窗口。点击SEARCHTESTS按钮246,使用测试ID和/或测试名,在框247从数据库249检索所有匹配的测试。相似地,检索SEARCH FUNDS按钮440,使用基金ID和/或基金名,在框441从数据库243检索所有匹配的基金。在框248建立测试列表框并使用测试数据显示。在框442建立基金列表框并使用基金数据显示。在框446点击取消选择所有按钮445,系统从测试/基金(或"未选择的")中清除所有选择。通过点击选择所有按钮447,在框448选择所有测试/基金。通过点击检索按钮449,在框540读违反出现表。在框542显示一个违反列表。使用的关键字是:基金ID、测试ID、日期。使用违反出现数据建立一个违反列表框。在框544通过点击选择按钮543打开为观看违反细节的窗口。Referring to FIG. 24 , the operation of the user interface for results tracking is illustrated, starting from the
系统提供关于在当前日期和传送的日期值之间的差别的管理报告,包括总账报告和控股报告。系统在一个传送日期基础上从记账源接受信息。实际交易事项过账(亦即从交易事项产生控股值)不在系统中当前执行。总账报告表示为一种基金当它由系统在一个指定的交易日期接收到时的现金平衡数据,以及为由系统在原来的过账日期后但是在截止日期之前接收到的交易事项的借方和贷当的总和。每一细节还将表示请求的交易日期平衡,包括截止日期差。用户可以观看包括在原来的当前日期平衡和包括截止日期交易事项的当前日期平衡之间的差的交易事项细节。平衡和细节报告两者都可以观看和打印。The system provides management reports on the difference between the current date and the transferred date value, including general ledger reports and holding reports. The system accepts information from billing sources on a delivery date basis. Actual transaction postings (ie generating holding values from transactions) are not currently performed in the system. The general ledger report represents cash balance data for a fund as it is received by the system on a specified transaction date, and debits and credits for transactions received by the system after the original posting date but before the due date. Sum. Each detail will also represent the requested transaction date balance, including the closing date difference. The user can view transaction details including the difference between the original current date balance and the current date balance including the closing date transaction. Both balance and detail reports can be viewed and printed.
控股报告表示基金的控股级细节。每一细节包括资产ID和该资产的说明以及单位和费用值。单位和费用表示为当它们由系统在一个指定的交易日期当时接收到时的值。该报告还表示由系统为在原来的过账日期后但是在指定的截止日期之前的交易日期接收的交易事项的集合值(单位和费用),以及新交易日期值,包括另外的截止日期交易。用户可以观看和打印平衡和细节报告。当选择总账或控股管理报告时,在能够检索数据前将请求用户提供选择判据,诸如有关的日期。The holding report represents the holding level details of the fund. Each detail includes an asset ID and a description of the asset as well as unit and cost values. Units and fees are expressed as they are when received by the system on a specified transaction date. The report also shows aggregate values (units and fees) for transactions received by the system for transaction dates after the original posting date but before the specified cutoff date, as well as new transaction date values, including additional cutoff date transactions. Users can view and print balance and detail reports. When selecting General Ledger or Holding Management Reports, the user will be asked to provide selection criteria, such as the relevant dates, before the data can be retrieved.
参考图25和25A,它们表示产生总账报告,用户在框250从主菜单选择总账报告。在框251初始化屏幕上的所有选择判据。通过点击SEARCH按钮254调用基金检索窗口以允许用户为在框255的处理选择一种基金。选择重现按钮253,在框256从数据库258重现总账数据。要选择的表是总账帐户、总账平衡和总账交易事项。选择判据包括基金和当前和截止日期。使用总账平衡和总账交易事项,在框257计算为报告所需要的当前平衡。在框259格式化平衡数据到用户屏幕252上的电子表格中。选择DOUBLE CLICK按钮,在框654(图25A)用为所请求的细节的交易事项格式化一个新电子表格。用户可以选择打印按钮650、655或预览按钮651、656,在该种场合,系统将在框653、658调用打印功能,要么打印或者显示该报告。当然,用户可以选择CLOSE按钮657关闭该应用。Referring to Figures 25 and 25A, which illustrate generating a ledger report, the user selects a ledger report at
参考图26和26A,它们说明控股报告的产生,用户在框260从主菜单选择控股报告。在框261初始化屏幕上的选择判据。点击SEARCH按钮264,在框265调用基金检索窗口以允许用户选择基金处理。点击RETRIEVE按钮263,在框266从数据库268重现股票和交易事项数据。选择的表是控股和交易事项。选择判据包括基金和当前和截止日期。使用控股平衡和控股交易事项,在框267计算为该报告所需要的当前平衡。在框269格式化平衡数据到用户监视器44上的电子表格内。用户可以点击PRINT按钮659或PREVIEW按钮699,系统将在框658调用打印功能,允许打印和/或显示控股报告。用户可以点击屏幕上的控股报告,观看特定控股的交易事项。特别是,用户在框698双击控股,屏幕于是在框664用交易事项格式化。在框664为请求的细节用交易事项格式化电子表格。用户可以点击PRINT按钮655或PREVIEW按钮656,系统将在框658调用打印功能,允许打印和/或显示控股报告。用户可以点击CLOSE按钮657,关闭控股报告。Referring to Figures 26 and 26A, which illustrate the generation of the Holdings Report, the user selects the Holdings Report at
系统允许系统管理员产生两个系统访问报告:按用户的报告和按访问权限的报告。按用户的报告将表示哪一个用户ID对特定基金、基金组、规则、测试、和系统功能、以及他们的读/写特权有访问权限。按访问权限的报告表示哪一个访问权限对哪一个用户可以访问。数据管理员可以选择用户帐户和访问权限的一个唯一的子集来报告每次对话。每次在启动一个功能、发生修改数据和用户在应用中离开该功能时则发生一个用户事件。每当用户用不正确的口令登录该应用或当他们的帐户被禁止后试图登录到该应用时则出现一个违反事件。任何标准软件包允许系统管理员在打印报告前预览它,提供标准的Windows NT环境打印特征。The system allows system administrators to generate two system access reports: a report by user and a report by access rights. The report by user will indicate which user IDs have access to specific funds, fund groups, rules, tests, and system functions, and their read/write privileges. Reports by access rights indicate which access rights are available to which user. Data stewards can select a unique subset of user accounts and access rights to report on each conversation. A user event occurs every time a function is started, data is modified, and the user navigates away from the function in the application. A violation occurs whenever a user logs into the application with an incorrect password or attempts to log in to the application after their account has been banned. Any standard software package allows system administrators to preview a report before printing it, providing standard Windows NT environment printing features.
参考图27和27A,它们说明按访问权限(或活动或用户ID)的报告的产生,系统管理员选择包括在报告表头行中的用户,和哪一些访问权限要列在报告细节行中。另外可选,系统管理员可以选择访问权限包括在报告表头行,和在报告细节行中列出哪些用户ID。Referring to Figures 27 and 27A, which illustrate the generation of reports by access rights (or activity or user ID), the system administrator selects users to include in the report header row, and which access rights are to be listed in the report detail row. Optionally, system administrators can choose which user IDs access rights are included in the report header row and which user IDs are listed in the report detail row.
为打开系统访问报告屏幕,系统管理员在框270从主菜单屏幕上的报告菜单中选择系统访问选项。这一屏幕允许系统管理员灵活地报告,该屏幕有两个标签:按用户报告和按访问权限报告。每一标签分成两个窗口。左边的窗口包括一个为指定报告表头的列表框。右边的窗口具有为决定报告细节行的两个列表框。在这两个标签上,点击鼠标右键,同时放在一个列表框内的一项上,将引起一个快捷菜单出现。在一个用户ID或类目列表框中,下面的选项可用:细节、选择的列表、和可用的列表。细节将显示关于该用户ID或类目的详细信息。选择的列表将列出为该报告当前选择的所有用户ID或类目。可用列表将列出在该报告中当前未包括的所有用户ID。在一个可用的或报告的列表框中,点击鼠标右键同时放在该可用的或报告的列表框中的一项上,将产生一个快捷菜单,具有下述选项:增加、清除、细节、完全缩回、完全展开。增加和清除功能在下面的每一部分说明。点击DETAILS(细节)将产生一个弹出式框,具有关于所选择的项的详细信息。完全缩回将把树列表缩回到最高细节级。完全展开将把树列表展开到其最低细节级。系统管理员可以通过点击PREVIEW按钮在打印前预览报告。报告的打印版本的预览将出现。在预览报告后,管理员能够通过点击PRINT按钮在他们的缺省打印机上打印该报告。当选择这些按钮时,读系统表来产生请求的报告。To open the system access report screen, the system administrator selects the system access option at
当首次打开系统访问屏幕时,可以看见按用户的报告的标签,表示最后处理的记录。在框271用来自数据库273的当前用户的一个列表填充用户列表框。用户数据库包括从用户概要文件表、函数表、基金表、基金组表、规则表、测试表和访问权限表来的信息。在缺省情况下该列表用姓排序,并在框274在工作站44上显示。然而,系统管理员也可以通过点击适当的列头标而用名或用户ID排序该列表。为定位一个特定的用户帐户,系统管理员能够要么使用滚动条,或者键入用户姓的首字符,它将使该列表跳到以该字母开始的名字。系统管理员点击该列表框中的一个或多个用户帐户,以选择为该报告的表头。When you first open the System Access screen, you can see the Report by User tab, which indicates the last record processed. The user list box is populated at
为选择所有用户帐户,管理员在框276点击顶部树列表标签"用户"。当请求一个新报告时,在报告的权限列表框中的树列表是空的。为选择为报告的细节行,系统管理员可以双击可用权限列表框中的访问权限,或单击每一个然后点击ADD按钮。选择的访问权限现在出现在报告的权限列表框中。可以为打印或从报告中去除而选择用户ID和访问权限组,通过展开或收缩有关的树列表。为从报告的权限列表框中去除访问权限,系统管理员可以要么双击它,或者点击它,然后点击REMOVE按钮。假定用户帐户可以为列出的权限访问,则它们在报告中作为细节行报告。具体说,用户点击USER ID按钮670,在框675显示该用户ID的细节。用户还可以选择USER ID(HEADER)按钮671或ACCESS RIGHTS按钮672,列表框被相应填充。用户可以点击PRINT按钮679,系统将在框679为报告头和细节信息读访问权限数据库表273。在框771,打印一份硬拷贝报告。To select all user accounts, the administrator clicks at
如果用户点击PREVIEW按钮678,则系统在框770为报告标题和细节信息读访问权限数据库表273。在框772在监视器44上显示该报告。然后用户可以点击PRINT按钮773而在框775打印一份硬拷贝报告。用户还可以点击CANCEL按钮774,在框776初始化字段标签。If the user clicks on the PREVIEW button 678, the system reads the access rights database table 273 at block 770 for the report title and detail information. The report is displayed on
用户可以点击ACCESS RIGHTS按钮673,系统将在框679显示访问权限细节。另外,用户可以简单地点击CLOSE FORM按钮674,系统将相应关闭该格式。The user can click the ACCESS RIGHTS button 673 and the system will display the access rights details at box 679. Alternatively, the user can simply click on the
按访问权限的报告屏幕的功能类似按用户的报告屏幕。在277(在图27中)选择该标签,系统管理员能够决定在标题行将出现哪一种访问权限和功能,哪一些用户ID将是一个给定的报告中的细节行。系统管理员通过点击它或者按压在该标签标签内的下划线字母和ALT键选择该标签。类目列表框用访问权限的类目的列表填充。该列表按字母排序。系统管理员点击该列表框中的一个或者多个类目,选择为一个报告的标题。为选择所有类目,系统管理员点击顶部的树列表标签"ID"。当请求一个新报告时,在报告的用户ID列表框中的树列表是空的。为了为该报告选择细节行,系统管理员可以双击可用用户ID列表框中的用户ID,或者单击每一个然后点击ADD按钮。被选择的用户ID现在列在报告的用户ID列表框中,并作为细节行出现在报告中。可以选择用户ID组和访问权限为打印或从报告中去除它们,这通过展开或收缩有关的树列表实现。为从报告的用户ID列表框中去除一个用户ID,系统管理员可以双击它,或者点击它然后点击REMOVE按钮。The Report by Access screen functions similarly to the Report by User screen. By selecting this tab at 277 (in FIG. 27 ), the system administrator can determine which access rights and functions will appear in the header row, and which user IDs will be the detail rows in a given report. The system administrator selects the tab by clicking on it or pressing the underlined letter and the ALT key within the tab label. The Category list box is populated with a list of categories for access rights. The list is sorted alphabetically. The system administrator clicks one or more categories in the list box and selects them as the title of a report. To select all categories, the system administrator clicks on the tree list tab "ID" at the top. When requesting a new report, the tree list in the report's User ID list box is empty. To select detail rows for this report, the system administrator can either double-click a user ID in the Available User IDs list box, or click each one and then click the ADD button. The selected user IDs are now listed in the report's User ID list box and appear in the report as detail rows. User ID groups and access rights can be selected for printing or removed from the report by expanding or contracting the relevant tree list. To remove a user ID from the Reported User IDs list box, the system administrator can either double-click it, or click it and then click the REMOVE button.
用户可以选择观看报告选项而从先前执行的报告的列表中观看和打印报告。如上所述,报告存储在数据库中。提供一个菜单驱动的用户界面以允许用户按照希望筛选和排序报告。参考图28,它表示系统产生报告列表,用户从主菜单屏幕上的报告菜单中选择VIEW REPORTS 280。用户点击SEARCH按钮281,系统打开一个检索屏幕。用户在框282选择特定基金并返回任务队列窗口。然后用户在框283输入报告名、任务名、报告被执行的日期和时间期间和报告完成的状态。然后用户在框285点击RETRIEVE按钮284重现报告运行信息。用户可以在框288点击表的列头标来按该列排序表中的信息。系统使用基金ID、过账日期、任务名、状态、日期和时间的检索判据从任务队列数据库表287重现报告运行信息。然后用户选择报告列表表中的一个报告行并点击PRINT 581或VIEW580(或双击289特别报告),在该点要么在框584打印该报告,或者在框583显示。用户可以通过点击CLOSE按钮582关闭这一屏幕。用户可以通过点击SORT按钮288排序该报告。A user may select the view report option to view and print a report from a list of previously executed reports. As mentioned above, reports are stored in a database. Provides a menu-driven user interface to allow users to filter and sort reports as desired. Referring to Figure 28, which shows the system generating a list of reports, the user selects VIEW REPORTS 280 from the report menu on the main menu screen. The user clicks the
用户可以按活动产生报告。参考图29和29A,系统管理员通过菜单驱动的用户界面-活动报告屏幕-选择要包括在报告标题行中的用户、在报告细节行中和在报告标题行中要列出的活动、和在报告细节行中要列出的用户ID。为打开活动报告屏幕,系统管理员在框290从主菜单屏幕上的报告屏幕中选择活动日志选项。于是在框291从数据库293建立列表框。活动报告屏幕在框294显示,并按用户活动排序。然而,系统管理员也可以通过点击适当的列头标用其它参数排序该列表。为定位一个特定的活动,系统管理员能够使用滚动条,或者键入该活动的首字母,这将使该列表跳到以该字母开始的名字。系统管理员点击列表框中的一个或者多个活动,以选择为一个报告的标题(或多个标题)。Users can generate reports by activity. Referring to Figures 29 and 29A, the system administrator selects the users to be included in the report header row, the activities to be listed in the report detail row and in the report header row, and the The user ID to list in the report detail line. To open the Activity Reports screen, the system administrator selects the Activity Log option at
为选择所有活动,系统管理员在框296点击顶部的树列表标签"活动"。当请求一个新报告时,在报告的权限列表框中的树列表是空的。为选择为该报告的细节行,系统管理员可以双击在可用权限列表框中的访问权限,或单击每一个然后点击ADD按钮。选择的访问权限现在出现在报告的权限列表框中。可以选择用户ID组和访问权限为打印或从报告中去除,这通过展开或收缩有关的树列表实现。为从报告的权限列表框中去除一个访问权限,系统管理员可以双击它,也可以点击它然后点击REMOVE按钮。假定用户帐户具有对所列权限的访问,则他们将在报告中收到细节行。具体说,用户点击ACTIVITY按钮690,在框695显示该ACTIVITY的细节。用户还可以选择ACTIVITY(HEADER)按钮691或USER ID按钮697,列表框将被相应填充。然后用户可以点击PRINT按钮696,系统将在框699为标题和细节信息读活动数据库表293。在框797打印一份硬拷贝报告。To select all activities, the system administrator at box 296 clicks on the top tree list tab "Activities". When requesting a new report, the tree list in the Report's Permissions list box is empty. To select a detail row for this report, the system administrator can either double-click an access right in the Available Rights list box, or click each one and then click the ADD button. The selected access rights now appear in the Reported Rights list box. User ID groups and access rights can be selected for printing or removed from the report by expanding or contracting the relevant tree list. To remove an access right from the Reported Rights list box, the system administrator can either double-click it, or click it and then click the REMOVE button. Assuming the user account has access to the permissions listed, they will receive a detail row in the report. Specifically, the user clicks on the ACTIVITY button 690 and at block 695 the details of the ACTIVITY are displayed. The user can also select the ACTIVITY (HEADER) button 691 or the USER ID button 697 and the list box will be populated accordingly. The user can then click the PRINT button 696 and the system will read the active database table 293 at
如果用户点击PREVIEW按钮698,则系统将在框790为标题和细节信息读访问权限数据库表293。在框792在监视器44上显示报告。用户然后可以在框795点击PRINT按钮打印一份硬拷贝报告。用户也可以点击CANCEL按钮794,字段标签将在框796初始化。If the user clicks on the
在这两个标签上,点击鼠标右键同时放在列表框内的一项上,将引起出现一个快捷菜单。在ID或类目列表框中,下面的选项可用:细节、选择的列表、和可用的列表。细节将显示关于用户ID或类目的详细信息。选择的列表将开列为该报告当前选择的所有用户ID或类目。可用列表将开列当前未包括在该报告中的所有用户ID。在可用的或报告的列表框中,点击鼠标右键并放在可用的或报告的列表框中的一项上将产生一个快捷菜单,带有下述选项:增加、清除、细节、全部收缩、全部展开。增加和清除功能如在下面的每一部分中说明。点击DETAILS将产生一个弹出式框,带有关于所选择的项的详细信息。全部收缩将收缩树列表到其细节的最高级。全部展开将展开树列表到其细节的最低级。通过点击PREVIEW按钮,系统管理员可以在打印前预览报告。在预览报告后,管理员能够在缺省打印机上打印该报告。On both tabs, clicking the right mouse button while hovering over an item in the list box will cause a shortcut menu to appear. In the ID or Category list box, the following options are available: Details, Selected List, and Available List. Details will display detailed information about the user ID or category. The selected list will list all user IDs or categories currently selected for this report. The available list will list all user IDs that are not currently included in the report. In the Available or Reported list box, clicking the right mouse button and hovering over an item in the Available or Reported list box will bring up a shortcut menu with the following options: Add, Clear, Details, Shrink All, All Expand. Add and clear functions are described in each section below. Clicking on DETAILS will produce a popup box with detailed information about the selected item. Shrink All will shrink the tree listing to its highest level of detail. Expand All will expand the tree list to its lowest level of detail. By clicking the PREVIEW button, the system administrator can preview the report before printing it. After previewing the report, the administrator can print the report on the default printer.
当首次打开活动报告屏幕时,可以看见按用户标签296的活动。用户列表框将用当前用户填充。在缺省时该列表按姓排序。然而,通过点击适当的列头标,系统管理员也可以用名或用户ID排序该列表。为定位一个特定的帐户,用户使用滚动条,或者键入用户姓的首字符,这将使该列表跳到以该字符开始的名字处。系统管理员点击列表框中的一个或者多个用户帐户以选择为一个报告的标题(或多个标题)。为选择所有用户帐户,他们将点击顶部树列表标签"用户"。当请求一个新报告时,在报告的活动列表框中的树列表将是空的。为了为该报告选择细节行,系统管理员可以双击可用活动列表框中的活动,或者单击每一个然后点击ADD按钮。选择的活动现在出现在报告的活动列表框中。假定用户帐户曾调用列出的最后的活动,则它们作为报告中的细节行报告。可以为打印或从报告中清除而选择用户ID组和活动,通过展开或者收缩有关的树列表和双击该组,或者点击它然后点击REMOVE按钮。为从报告的活动列表框中清除一个活动,系统管理员既可以双击它,也可以点击它然后点击REMOVE按钮。When the activity report screen is first opened, activity by user label 296 can be seen. The user listbox will be populated with the current user. By default the list is sorted by last name. However, the system administrator can also sort the list by name or user ID by clicking on the appropriate column header. To locate a particular account, the user uses the scroll bar, or types the first character of the user's last name, which will cause the list to jump to first names beginning with that character. The system administrator clicks on one or more user accounts in the list box to select the title (or titles) for a report. To select all user accounts, they will click on the top tree list tab "Users". When a new report is requested, the tree list in the report's active list box will be empty. To select detail rows for this report, the system administrator can either double-click on an activity in the Available Activities list box, or click on each one and then click the ADD button. The selected activities now appear in the Reported Activities list box. Assuming the user account invoked the last activities listed, they are reported as detail lines in the report. User ID groups and activities can be selected for printing or removed from the report, by expanding or contracting the relevant tree list and double-clicking on the group, or clicking on it and then clicking the REMOVE button. To remove an activity from the Reported Activities list box, the system administrator can either double-click it, or click it and then click the REMOVE button.
系统提供例外处理。例外情况既可以内部处理而不通知用户,也可以产生用户友好的报告。所有例外情况都记录在数据库中,并可由管理员观看。有几种类型的例外:运行时间程序错误;数据库访问错误;和通信错误。系统的每一部件优选包括它自己的错误监测程序,该程序能直接向用户提供报告。当然,可以由中央例外处理块(EHB)监测例外。取决于问题的严重程序和类型,EHB决定要采取的下一步骤(亦即通知用户错误情况,重新连接应用服务器和重新提交请求)。无论那种情况,所有例外都存储在一个本地跟踪文件中。The system provides exception handling. Exceptions can either be handled internally without notifying the user, or can generate user-friendly reports. All exceptions are logged in the database and can be viewed by administrators. There are several types of exceptions: run-time program errors; database access errors; and communication errors. Each component of the system preferably includes its own error monitoring program which provides reporting directly to the user. Of course, exceptions can be monitored by a central exception handling block (EHB). Depending on the severity and type of the problem, the EHB determines the next steps to be taken (ie, notify the user of the error condition, reconnect the application server and resubmit the request). In either case, all exceptions are stored in a local trace file.
本发明的系统允许用户产生为特定需要定制的报告。在称为"基金管理"的一个方面,系统为金融机构接口金融记账系统和为税务和报告和遵从监视提取数据。这一数据可以在一个由用户定义的或者先前在系统中建立的报告中安排。可以设计这种报告来满足任何报告需要,包括报告管理机构等的需求,或者来自一个基金管理者的特别查询。这些报告可以临时执行(亦即需要时立即)或安排日程。The system of the present invention allows users to generate reports customized to specific needs. In one aspect known as "fund management," the system interfaces financial accounting systems for financial institutions and extracts data for tax and reporting and compliance monitoring. This data can be arranged in a report defined by the user or previously created in the system. This report can be designed to meet any reporting needs, including those of reporting agencies, etc., or ad hoc inquiries from a fund manager. These reports can be performed ad hoc (ie, immediately when needed) or scheduled.
历史上,数据获得和报告的产生是时间和劳动密集的处理。数据可以从各种数据源在每天的基础上"手工"收集,然后由一个分析小组长时间和严格地审查。例如,如果一个用户需要知道一个特别的基金在最后一年从外国投资的股息和利息赚得多少收益,则分析员必须仔细研究整个投资组合,判断那些股票是外国的,并在一个单独的报告中手工输入数据。相反,本系统允许诸如遵从分析员的用户定义他们自己的报告。金融数据容易地在屏幕上访问,系统提供随意"分条和切块"数据的无限能力。通过一系列击键,管理员可以产生按证券、工业、国家或其它分类的报告。Historically, data acquisition and report generation have been time and labor intensive processes. Data can be collected "manually" on a daily basis from a variety of sources and then reviewed over time and rigorously by a team of analysts. For example, if a user needs to know how much a particular fund earned in the last year from dividends and interest on foreign investments, the analyst must go through the entire portfolio, determine which stocks are foreign, and report them in a separate report. Enter data manually. Instead, the system allows users such as compliance analysts to define their own reports. Financial data is easily accessed on-screen, and the system provides unlimited ability to "slice and dice" data at will. With a series of keystrokes, administrators can generate reports by security, industry, country, or other classification.
先前手工系统的一个困难是不维护某些金融数据-无论是长期还是干脆不做。为补充交易事项信息需要的关键的工业数据被简单地忽略。对于应付有多种需要的多个客户的公司,这一问题更成为指数型。本系统允许定义与一种基金有关的金融数据。通常,借助世界范围的货币管理者进行这一点以建立一个必须在前端输入的数据项的列表。这一数据收集这里称为"审计工作单"。一旦审计工作单上的数据输入本系统,则本系统可以维护、标志和获得它以产生包括与一个特定用户有关的信息的金融报表。One difficulty with previous manual systems was not maintaining certain financial data - either long term or not at all. Critical industry data needed to supplement transactional information are simply ignored. This problem becomes even more exponential for companies dealing with multiple clients with diverse needs. The system allows defining financial data associated with a fund. Typically, this is done with world-wide currency managers to build a list of data items that must be entered on the front end. This collection of data is referred to herein as an "audit worksheet". Once the data on the audit worksheet is entered into the system, the system can maintain, tag and capture it to generate financial statements including information pertaining to a particular user.
也可以使用本系统来执行基金报告(另一种劳动和时间密集的过程)。本系统的基金报告方面为美国互助基金从基金的每日报告中的原始数据产生年度和季度报告。系统集合所有这一低级细节,将其转换为正式的总账记录-显著方便了金融报表准备过程。报告撰写者能够编码排字,直接输出到打印机、传真机、电子邮件、计算机存储器、或希望的其它介质。Fund reporting (another labor and time intensive process) can also be performed using the system. The fund reporting aspect of the system generates annual and quarterly reports for US mutual funds from raw data in the funds' daily reports. The system aggregates all this low-level detail and converts it into a formal ledger record - significantly facilitating the financial statement preparation process. The report writer is able to code and format for direct output to a printer, fax machine, e-mail, computer memory, or other media as desired.
本系统还允许自动产生任何希望的金融报表。用户为一个给定的报告定义希望的金融数据和该数据的安排。然后系统可以查找它的数据库,重现和按照希望安排金融数据。可以理解,报告可以包括更复杂的参数,诸如规则和测试,而不只是核心金融数据。例如,可以使用本系统来产生定制的投资组合报表,自动的审计工作单,金融报表重分类(reclass)规则和审计调整,非收入产生股息,定制、排版金融报表,和向前滚动证据和分析报告。另外,可以使用本系统来产生与税务报告有关的报告,特别在互助基金的背景上,包括虚抛(Wash Sales)报告,988收益/损失报告,PFIC分析,股息接收的扣减分析,消费税分布报告,免税收入报告,国库券收入和资产报告,州收入报告,外国减税计算和报告。The present system also allows for the automatic generation of any desired financial statements. The user defines the desired financial data and the arrangement of that data for a given report. The system can then search its database, retrieve and arrange the financial data as desired. It will be appreciated that reports may include more complex parameters, such as rules and tests, rather than just core financial data. For example, the system can be used to generate customized portfolio statements, automated audit worksheets, financial statement reclassification (reclass) rules and audit adjustments, non-revenue generating dividends, customizing and typesetting financial statements, and roll forward evidence and analysis Report. In addition, the system can be used to generate reports related to tax reporting, especially in the context of mutual funds, including Wash Sales reports, 988 gain/loss reports, PFIC analysis, deduction analysis for dividend receipts, and GST distributions Reporting, Tax Exempt Income Reporting, Treasury Bill Income and Assets Reporting, State Income Reporting, Foreign Tax Deduction Calculation and Reporting.
本发明的系统包括指向"虚抛"功能的方面。本系统的虚抛方面标识可能的虚抛交易事项以决定虚抛状态,发展计算虚抛延期数量和发展为虚抛的报告能力。虚抛是从一种资产销售来的任何损失,这里,在从这种销售或处置的前30天开始到后30天结束的时期内获得同样的资产。IRS不允许虚抛损失,因为证券持有者具有和它在销售交易前曾经具有的同样的位置。税务部在预定计算税务调整的基金的货物税和财政年度末进行虚抛分析。The system of the present invention includes aspects directed to a "wash sale" function. The wash-sale aspect of the system identifies possible wash-sale transactions to determine wash-sale status, and develops reporting capabilities for calculating wash-sale deferred amounts and developing wash-sales. A wash sale is any loss from the sale of an asset, where the same asset is acquired during the period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after such sale or disposition. The IRS does not allow washout losses because the security holder has the same position it had before the sale transaction. The Ministry of Taxation conducts wash sale analysis at the end of excise and fiscal year of the funds for which tax adjustments are scheduled to be calculated.
参考图30,这是一个说明虚抛处理概要的流程图,系统在框300识别所有可能的虚抛交易事项并决定哪一些交易事项是"实际的"虚抛。然后在框301用户可以指示系统产生一个"可能的"虚抛报告。优选,虚抛报告包括满足可能的虚抛识别逻辑判据的所有交易事项,诸如在该技术中熟知的那些。当然,可以为一个特别的应用使用其它虚抛判据,熟悉本技术领域的人理解这一点。然后用户在框302验证系统的结果,并在框303通过进入一个包括为一个特定时期所有"可能的"虚抛交易事项的在线屏幕在需要时否决任何交易事项。用户否决虚抛状态,可能的、实际的、或后继的。应该包括一个理由列,它允许用户为每一交易事项键入一个评论。然后在框304用户产生一个"实际的"虚抛报告(报告选项),它将只包括具有一个"实际"状态的那些交易事项。这一日程将计算实际虚抛延期数量。Referring to FIG. 30, which is a flowchart illustrating an overview of wash sale processing, the system identifies all possible wash sell transactions at
本系统的虚抛方面通过识别虚抛交易事项和计算延期数量来帮助金融机构的税务部为一种基金准备税务提供日程。当然,可以给在金融机构外面的税务专业人员提供这一信息而仍然实现本发明。系统建立一个具有理由表的在线用户界面屏幕为否决虚抛状态。系统包括决定虚抛状态的批功能。另外,系统允许发展后继年虚抛逻辑。系统建立虚抛报告。The wash sale aspect of the system assists the tax department of a financial institution in preparing a tax provision schedule for a fund by identifying wash sale transactions and calculating deferral amounts. Of course, tax professionals outside the financial institution could be provided with this information and still practice the invention. The system creates an online user interface screen with a reason form for the Veto Wash Sale status. The system includes a batch function to determine the status of wash sales. In addition, the system allows the development of subsequent year wash sale logic. The system creates a wash sale report.
本系统的虚抛方面提供用户在线观看报告的能力。这一方面可以在用户立即命令时安排或执行。如上所述,可以使用"当前"处理来实现交易和后来输入的其它信息。虚抛报告可以打印、电子保存、或按照希望电子传输。The wash sale aspect of the system provides users with the ability to view reports online. This aspect can be scheduled or executed upon immediate command from the user. As noted above, "current" processing can be used to effectuate transactions and other information entered later. Wash sale reports can be printed, saved electronically, or electronically transmitted as desired.
当前,优选一个可能的虚抛是满足下述判据的销售:在销售交易事项中实现了经济损失的任何份额,其购买交易事项的交易日在该销售份额的交易日的前30天或后30天内。该销售的交易日不计算在30天内。例如,如果该销售的交易日是1/1/96,则应该被包含进来的购买交易事项将是任何具有交易日在12/2/95-12/31/95和1/2/96到1/31/96之间的交易事项。Currently, it is preferred that a possible wash sale is a sale that satisfies the following criteria: any share of the economic loss is realized in the sale transaction, and the transaction date of the purchase transaction is 30 days before or after the transaction date of the sale share within 30 days. The trade day of the sale does not count towards the 30 day period. For example, if the sale's trade date is 1/1/96, the buy transactions that should be included would be any trades with trade dates on 12/2/95-12/31/95 and 1/2/96 to 1 /31/96 transactions.
对于外国债务证券(其起源国不是美国的资产),系统识别在份额级产生一个交易站(post)叉状经济损失的销售的股(在988净调整规则应用后)。参见图31,该图说明债务证券的988部分的收益/损失处置(为每一份额)。IRS 988部分需要以任何非美元的货币命名的一种债务证券(亦即非产权)的销售上的净收益/损失要分成(亦即分叉)两个分量部分-经济的和货币。然后通过应用"调整规则"决定收益/损失的这两个分量对任一货币收益/损失(亦即为税务目的的平常收入)或投资收益/损失(亦即为税务目的的资金)的分布。这些调整规则应该应用于与售出的证券的每一单个份额有关的收益/损失分量。调整规则需要应用于包括资产销售的每一单个份额的收益/损失分量。当然,988部分只应用于外国债务证券。该调整规则不应用于外国权益股票。系统开始时在份额的基础上决定货币收益或损失的数量和经济收益或损失的数量。如图31所示,系统然后重新分类该数量为适当的"桶(buckets)"。对988的参考等于"货币"收益/损失。"忽略988"意味着把整个数量过账给经济收益/损失。For foreign debt securities (assets whose country of origin is not the United States), the system identifies sales of shares that generate a post fork economic loss at the share level (after application of the 988 net adjustment rule). See Figure 31, which illustrates the gain/loss disposition (for each share) of 988 sections of a debt security. Section 988 of the IRS requires that the net gain/loss on the sale of a debt security (i.e. non-equity) denominated in any currency other than the U.S. dollar be divided (i.e. bifurcated) into two components - economic and monetary. The distribution of these two components of gain/loss to either monetary gain/loss (ie, ordinary income for tax purposes) or investment gain/loss (ie, funds for tax purposes) is then determined by applying the "adjustment rule". These adjustment rules should be applied to the gain/loss component associated with each individual share of the security sold. Adjustment rules need to be applied to the gain/loss component of each individual share that includes the sale of the asset. Of course, Section 988 applies only to foreign debt securities. This adjustment rule does not apply to foreign equity shares. The system initially determines the amount of monetary gain or loss and the amount of economic gain or loss on a share basis. As shown in Figure 31, the system then reclassifies the quantities into the appropriate "buckets". References to 988 equal "money" gains/losses. "Ignore 988" means posting the entire amount to economic gain/loss.
参考图31,系统在框310决定是否有总收益。如果有,则系统在框311决定是否有外汇收益。如果是,则在框312计算外汇收益,在框313系统决定该外汇收益是否大于总收益。如果是,则在框315把所有总收益指定为988收益,在框317使资本收益为零。如果外汇收益不大于总收益,则在框316设定988收益等于计算的外汇数量,而在框318决定资本收益为总收益和988收益之间的差。Referring to Figure 31, the system determines at block 310 whether there is a total benefit. If so, the system determines at block 311 whether there are foreign exchange gains. If so, the foreign exchange gain is calculated at block 312 and the system determines at block 313 whether the foreign exchange gain is greater than the total gain. If so, all gross gains are designated 988 at block 315 and capital gains are zeroed at block 317. If the foreign exchange return is not greater than the gross return, then at block 316 the 988 return is set equal to the calculated foreign exchange amount, and at block 318 the capital return is determined to be the difference between the gross return and the 988 return.
如果没有总收益,则系统在框319决定是否有外汇收益。如果是,则在框710忽略988部分。如果没有,则系统在框711计算外汇损失。然后系统在框712决定外汇损失是否大于总损失。如果是,则系统在框713设定总损失为988损失(亦即平常损失),在框715设定资本损失为零。如果外汇损失不大于总损失,则系统在框714设定外汇损失数量为988损失。在框716设定总损失和988损失之间的差为资本损失。If there is no total gain, the system determines at block 319 whether there is a foreign exchange gain. If so, at
如果:购买份额数目等于销售份额数目并且没有更多的购买份额可用;购买份额的当前部分在报告结束日等于零并且没有更多的购买份额可用;或没有购买份额或没有购买份额的剩余单位留下来"推迟"销售损失,则该销售不是虚抛。然而,如果一个虚抛延迟数量可以如表示虚抛延迟数量计算的图32所示计算,则该销售是虚抛。当计算虚抛延迟数量时做下面的假定:在分析员开始前和报告日期不影响计算时剩余单位等于当前单位(在后继年逻辑中,在分析员开始前剩余单位等于购买的单位)。If: the number of purchased shares is equal to the number of sold shares and no more purchased shares are available; the current portion of purchased shares is equal to zero on the reporting end date and no more purchased shares are available; or there are no purchased shares or no remaining units of purchased shares remain "Postponed" the loss of a sale, the sale is not a wash sale. However, if a wash sale deferred amount can be calculated as shown in Figure 32 showing the wash sale deferred amount calculation, then the sale is a wash sale. The following assumptions are made when calculating the wash sale deferred quantity: units remaining equal to units purchased before the analyst started and when the reporting date does not affect the calculation (in subsequent year logic, units remaining equal to units purchased before the analyst started).
参考图32,它说明虚抛延迟数量的计算,系统在框320以首次销售份额和首次购买份额开始。然后系统在框321决定购买份额数目是否和销售份额数目一样。如果是,则系统在框324决定是否有另外的购买份额。如果不是,则在框325决定该销售不是虚抛。然后系统在框328决定是否有另一个销售份额。如果不是,则该计算结束。如果是,则在框721使用该销售份额和原来的购买份额分析,系统返回框321。Referring to FIG. 32, which illustrates the calculation of the wash sale deferred amount, the system begins at block 320 with the first sold share and the first purchased share. The system then determines at block 321 whether the number of shares purchased is the same as the number of shares sold. If so, the system determines at block 324 whether there are additional purchase shares. If not, then at block 325 it is determined that the sale is not a wash sale. The system then determines at block 328 whether there is another sales share. If not, the calculation ends. If so, then at block 721 the sales share and the original purchase share analysis are used and the system returns to block 321 .
如果在框321购买份额数目和销售份额数目不一样,或如果在框324有另一个购买份额,则系统在框322决定是否有任何购买份额单位(大于零)留下。如果不是,则系统在框323决定是否有另一个购买份额可用。如果不是,则该销售不是虚抛,计算结束。如果有另一个购买份额可用,则系统返回到框322。If the number of purchased shares and the number of sold shares are not the same at block 321, or if there is another purchased share at block 324, the system determines at block 322 whether there are any purchased share units (greater than zero) left. If not, the system determines at
如果在框322购买份额的剩余单位大于零,则在框326系统决定购买份额的剩余单位是否大于或等于销售份额的部分。如果是,则系统在框329决定虚抛延迟数量等于从销售份额来的总损失。另外,设定购买份额的剩余单位等于购买份额部分的数目,而销售份额的剩余部分设定为零。然后系统在框722决定是否有另一个销售。如果不是,则计算结束。如果是,则系统在框723返回到具有剩余单位的第一可用销售份额,系统再次开始在框321处的计算。If at block 322 the remaining units of the purchased share is greater than zero, then at block 326 the system determines whether the remaining units of the purchased share is greater than or equal to the fraction of the sold share. If so, the system determines at block 329 that the wash sale delay amount is equal to the total loss from the sales share. In addition, the remaining units of the purchase share are set equal to the number of purchase share parts, while the remaining part of the sale share is set to zero. The system then determines at block 722 whether there is another sale. If not, the computation ends. If so, the system returns at block 723 to the first available sales share with units remaining, and the system begins the calculation at block 321 again.
如果在框326购买份额的剩余单位小于销售份额的部分,则在框327设定虚抛延迟等于按比例分配的数量(亦即(购买部分/销售部分*从份额销售来的损失))。剩余销售份额单位设定等于小于购买部分的销售部分。然后系统在框720决定是否有另一个购买份额其剩余单位大于零。如果没有则计算结束。如果有,则系统返回到框326。If at block 326 the remaining units of the purchased share are less than the portion of the sold share, then at block 327 a washout delay is set equal to the prorated amount (i.e. (buy portion/sale portion*loss from share sale)). The remaining sales share unit is set equal to the portion of the sale that is less than the portion purchased. The system then determines at
对于税务年末,本系统还为在"下一"年内可能被视为虚抛的交易事项执行虚抛分析。因为购买可以在销售后30天发生,所以需要逻辑来识别"下一"年虚抛。为进行分析的数据范围是税务年末日期前30天,和在税务年末日期的后30天。例如,如果年末是11/30,则日期范围将是11/1到12/30。系统审查在年末后的第一个月(亦即12/1到12/30)内发生的任何购买的金融数据,并决定它们是否可以连接到在尚未延迟的税务年末的最后一个月内发生的任何销售。系统如上述进行虚抛延迟分析,除了不考虑当前单位。系统使用购买的单位。系统排除在新财政年度的第一个月(例如12/1到12/30)内发生的所有销售活动。For tax year end, the system also performs a washout analysis for transactions that may be considered washouts in the "next" year. Because the purchase can occur 30 days after the sale, logic is needed to identify the "next" year wash sale. The data range for analysis is 30 days before the tax year end date, and 30 days after the tax year end date. For example, if the year end is 11/30, the date range would be 11/1 to 12/30. The system reviews the financial data for any purchases that occurred in the first month after the year-end (i.e. 12/1 to 12/30) and decides whether they can be linked to those that occurred in the last month of the tax year-end that has not been delayed any sale. The system performs wash sale delay analysis as above, except that the current unit is not considered. The system uses the purchased units. The system excludes all sales that occur within the first month of the new fiscal year (eg 12/1 to 12/30).
本系统还可以为货物税年末(其与税务年末相反)执行虚抛分析。一般说,一年做两次虚抛分析,一次为税务年末,另一次为货物税年末。这两次分析互相排斥,它意味着当为每一个年末运行时交易事项可以具有不同的状态。为决定虚抛状态的系统逻辑是相同的;除了当计算货物税年末时,该年末总是有关年的10/31。上面讨论的后继年逻辑也可以应用于货物税年末期间。The system can also perform wash sale analysis for excise year end (as opposed to tax year end). Generally speaking, there are two false-sale analyzes a year, one for the end of the tax year and the other for the end of the excise tax year. These two analyzes are mutually exclusive, which means that transactions can have different statuses when run for each year-end. The system logic for determining wash sale status is the same; except that when calculating the excise year end, the year end is always 10/31 of the year in question. The subsequent year logic discussed above can also be applied to excise year-end periods.
本系统可以使用一个批程序决定虚抛状态。批程序在产生报告时执行分析。优选,该批程序不否决曾经由用户否决的交易事项的虚抛状态。在应用否决后,需要重运行该程序批(亦即报告)。该批功能(报告)可以通过系统内的日程安排功能实现。报告日期范围不影响虚抛状态的决定或虚抛延迟数量的计算。例如,如果报告日期是1/1到1/31,并且如果在1/3有一次购买,其用于延迟12/20日的购买,则逻辑将不变,该购买可以为在一月内的购买再次使用。The system can use a batch program to determine the status of the wash sale. Batch programs perform analysis while generating reports. Preferably, the batch program does not veto the wash sale status of transactions that have been vetoed by the user. After applying the veto, the batch (ie report) needs to be re-run. The batch function (report) can be realized through the scheduling function in the system. The reporting date range does not affect the determination of wash sale status or the calculation of wash sale delayed quantities. For example, if the reporting date is 1/1 to 1/31, and if there was a purchase on 1/3 that was used to delay a purchase on 12/20, the logic would be the same, the purchase could be within the month Buy to use again.
在一种基金的基础上,系统提供用户为一个选择的时间期间在线审查所有可能的虚抛交易事项的能力。屏幕将在份额级上表示交易事项。该屏幕将包含一个虚抛状态字段,该字段允许用户否决系统逻辑。有4个更新选项可用:On a fund basis, the system provides the user with the ability to review all possible wash trades online for a selected time period. The screen will represent transactions at the lot level. This screen will contain a wash sale status field that allows the user to override the system logic. There are 4 update options available:
1.该字段空白指示未发生过否决。1. A blank field indicates that no vetoes have occurred.
2.该字段中的"Y"指示交易事项是一个"实际的"虚抛。2. A "Y" in this field indicates that the transaction is an "actual" wash sale.
3.该字段中的"N"指示交易事项不是一个"实际的"虚抛,它只是一个可能的虚抛。3. An "N" in this field indicates that the transaction is not an "actual" wash sale, it is only a possible wash sale.
4.该字段中的"S"指示交易事项是一个后继年虚抛。4. An "S" in this field indicates that the transaction is a subsequent year wash sale.
为每一销售份额为用户有一个理由列可用来增加评论。对这一否决字段的更新保持在历史日志中,表示旧和新值、理由、生效的和过去的数据和改变该状态的人的用户ID。可以使用一个筛选器允许用户观看所有交易事项(可能的)、实际的虚抛交易事项、和后继年虚抛交易事项。该屏幕应该具有打印能力。For each sales share there is a reason column for users to add reviews. Updates to this veto field are kept in a history log, showing the old and new values, reason, effective and past data, and the user ID of the person who changed the state. A filter may be used to allow the user to view all trades (possible), actual wash trades, and trailing year wash trades. This screen should have printing capabilities.
在基金级,活动报告详细说明虚抛交易事项。该报告使用虚抛判据来决定包括哪一个交易事项。该报告还表示相应的具有销售交易事项的"触发"购买,也就是说,引起销售是可能的虚抛的那些。所有的币值都用美元报告;不需要本地货币显示。该报告应该在Microsoft Excel中设计,但是当然可以使用其他软件或其它显示方法来实现本发明。为进行任何改变,需要用户保存该报告和在本系统外进行改变。At the fund level, activity reports detail wash-sale transactions. The report uses washout criteria to determine which transactions to include. The report also indicates corresponding "trigger" purchases with sales transactions, that is, those that cause sales that are likely wash-offs. All currency values are reported in U.S. dollars; local currency display is not required. The report should be designed in Microsoft Excel, but of course other software or other display methods can be used to implement the invention. In order to make any changes, the user is required to save the report and make changes outside of the system.
本系统提供各种报告选项:"可能的"虚抛报告(列出所有由系统作为为一个选择的时期识别的交易事项);"实际的"虚抛报告(只列出识别为实际的交易事项);和"后继年"虚抛报告(只列出作为后继年虚抛交易事项识别的交易事项)。为这3个选项的报告格式相同,除了当选择可能的虚抛报告时将包括另外表示虚抛状态的一列。The system offers various reporting options: "Possible" Washout Report (lists all transactions identified by the system as being for a selected period); "Actual" Washout Report (lists only transactions identified as actual ); and a "subsequent year" washout report (listing only transactions identified as subsequent year washout transactions). The report format is the same for these 3 options, except that an additional column indicating washout status will be included when the Possible Washout report is selected.
本系统还提供为988信息的报告选项。当被选择时,该报告(上述3种选项中任何一种)将为所有可应用的销售交易事项显示任何过去的叉状货币损失。这一货币损失不应该用于报告中的任何计算或逻辑;它只被显示。当不选择这一选项时,该列在电子表格中隐藏。The system also provides reporting options for 988 messages. When selected, this report (any of the 3 options above) will show any past fork currency losses for all applicable sale transactions. This monetary loss should not be used in any calculations or logic in the report; it is only displayed. When this option is not selected, the column is hidden in the spreadsheet.
系统还提供用户使报告显示、电子保存、电子传输或打印的选项。优选,在该报告内的数据按CUSIP排序,然后按交易日期排序。优选,该报告不提供小计。然而,该报告可以在报告末尾总计短期延迟和长期延迟列。系统还允许用户在系统内以"调度程序"功能设定所有日期范围和缺省值。The system also provides the user with the option to have the report displayed, stored electronically, transmitted electronically, or printed. Preferably, the data within the report is sorted by CUSIP and then by transaction date. Preferably, the report does not provide subtotals. However, the report can total the short-term latency and long-term latency columns at the end of the report. The system also allows the user to set all date ranges and defaults within the system with a "scheduler" function.
为本系统的目的,进行一些假定。如果控股期小于或等于一年,则认为虚抛延迟数量是短期的。如果股票期大于一年,则认为虚抛延迟数量是长期的。使用的实际部分等于或小于销售份额单位或购买份额单位。当然,用户可以为一个给定的应用定义这些项为优选项。For the purposes of this system, some assumptions are made. If the holding period is less than or equal to one year, the liquidated delayed quantity is considered to be short-term. If the stock period is greater than one year, the wash sale delayed quantity is considered long-term. The actual portion used is equal to or less than the selling share unit or the buying share unit. Of course, the user can define these items as preferences for a given application.
系统可以为一种金融基金产生和提供一个非收益产生资产报告。这一时期报告详细说明在该运行时期不宣布股息的一个基金组或基金的所有当前控股。股息宣布将参考综合股息历史记录决定。通常,需要金融机构的金融报告组识别在为准备公布金融报表的时期结束前12个月期间不宣布股息的股息合格的资产。可以使用该报告作为决定在指定的报告期间哪一个资产发行未付股息的工具。当然,可以为其它理由使用非收益产生资产报告,熟悉本技术领域的人理解这一点。The system can generate and provide a non-income generating asset report for a financial fund. This period report details all current holdings of a fund group or funds that did not declare dividends during the period of the run. Dividend declarations will be determined with reference to the consolidated dividend history. Generally, a financial institution's financial reporting group is required to identify dividend-qualifying assets that do not declare dividends during the 12-month period preceding the end of the period in which financial statements are prepared for publication. This report can be used as a tool to determine which assets issued outstanding dividends during the specified reporting period. Of course, non-revenue generating asset reports may be used for other reasons, as will be understood by those skilled in the art.
为建立非收益产生资产报告,系统检索综合股息记录以收集由一个在一个指定期间未付股息的基金否决组持有的所有资产。然后系统建立一个报告,它可以在线观看或打印,详细说明在检索中得到的资产。该报告可以在基金组或基金级以不同排序判据产生。优选,仅在基金组级,系统允许用户验证非收益产生状态和在资产级上存储。系统建立用户可修改的表,详细说明为连接到非收益产生资产报告的非收益或收益产生状态的理由。To build the non-yielding asset report, the system searches the consolidated dividend records to collect all assets held by a fund veto group that has not paid dividends for a specified period. The system then builds a report, which can be viewed online or printed, detailing the assets found in the search. The report can be generated with different sorting criteria at the fund group or fund level. Preferably, at the fund group level only, the system allows users to verify non-yield generating status and storage at the asset level. The system creates user-modifiable tables detailing the rationale for reporting non-revenue or revenue-generating status for links to non-revenue-generating assets.
系统还可以建立要传输到其它系统诸如RR Donnelley FundWorxxits并被视为非收益产生的资产的数据摘录。可以格式化这一数据摘录以便有效地为其它这样的系统接收。The system can also create data extracts that are transmitted to other systems such as RR Donnelley FundWorxxits and are considered non-revenue generating assets. This data extract can be formatted for efficient reception by other such systems.
这一报告是一个具有截止日期功能的当前报告。所有日期都可以由用户改写。系统以"开始日期"为上月末的日子减去364或365天和"结束日期"为上月末的日子的缺省日期建立。"开始截止日期"是上月末减去365或366天。"结束截止日期"设定为上月末那天。当然,这些可以由用户调整。This report is a current report with an expiration date. All dates can be overwritten by the user. The system creates a default date with the "Start Date" being the day at the end of the previous month minus 364 or 365 days and the "End Date" being the day at the end of the previous month. The "Start Deadline" is the end of the previous month minus 365 or 366 days. The "End Deadline" is set to the last day of the previous month. Of course, these can be adjusted by the user.
用户可以选择为基金组或为一个单个基金运行报告。该报告可以按照CUSIP、国家/CUSIP或类/CUSIP排序。如果选择国家/CUSIP或类/CUSIP,则报告将按国家或类列出并小计各部分的资产。每一部分将具有国家或类名作为标题。Users can choose to run reports for groups of funds or for an individual fund. The report can be sorted by CUSIP, Country/CUSIP or Class/CUSIP. If Country/CUSIP or Class/CUSIP is selected, the report will list and subtotal assets by country or class. Each section will have country or class name as heading.
为产生非收益产生资产报告,系统扫描综合股息记录以识别在指定期间没有无股息的当前控股。对于在检索扫描中返回的每一资产,决定在基金组中所有基金为最早的活动份额中的费用份额。系统显示该最早的活动份额的交易日期。如果该交易日期超过从结束日期起一年,则系统设定非收益产生标志为Y。用下面的消息更新理由字段:"持有的资产大于一年"。如果资产类型是担保、权利或选择权,则非收益产生标志设定为Y。用下面的消息更新理由字段:"不是一个股息合格资产"。在资产级的所有数据以等于结束日期的一个有效日期存储。To generate a non-yielding asset report, the system scans the consolidated dividend records to identify current holdings that did not pay dividends during the specified period. For each asset returned in the search scan, determine the fee share among the oldest active shares of all funds in the fund group. The system displays the transaction date for the oldest active share. If the transaction date exceeds one year from the end date, the system sets the non-revenue generating flag to Y. Update the Reason field with the following message: "Asset held for greater than one year". The non-revenue generating flag is set to Y if the asset type is a security, right, or option. Update the Reason field with the following message: "Not a dividend eligible asset". All data at the asset level is stored with an effective date equal to the end date.
系统允许验证非收益产生资产。只允许在基金组级上的用户验证。在证实该位置是一个非收益产生的后手工设定非收益产生标志为Y。如果决定该资产是收益产生的,则字段保留空白。为非收益或收益产生状态的理由将从理由表中选择。对于需要一个日期的理由,用手工填写付费日期字段。在资产级的所有信息用等于结束日期的一个有效日期存储。The system allows verification of non-revenue generating assets. User authentication is only allowed on the fund group level. Manually set the non-revenue-generating flag to Y after verifying that the position is a non-revenue-generating one. If the asset is determined to be revenue-generating, leave the field blank. Reasons for non-revenue or benefit-generating status will be selected from the justification table. For reasons that require a date, manually fill in the Payment Date field. All information at the asset level is stored with an effective date equal to the end date.
系统维护一个为非收益产生证券的理由表。这些理由包括:持有的资产大于一年,不是一个股息合格的资产,没有发现数据,已付的最后股息,股票分割,和IPO。当然,可以在该表中按照希望为一个特别的应用存储其它理由。The system maintains a table of justifications for non-revenue generating securities. These reasons include: assets held for more than one year, not a dividend eligible asset, no data found, last dividend paid, stock split, and IPO. Of course, other reasons may be stored in the table as desired for a particular application.
系统为特定交易事项提供当前处理能力。当前证据报告捕获为一个指定报告日期的所有当前活动,并一致到报告日期平衡。该当前证据报告可为总账活动以及基金控股报告使用。当执行季、半年和年终对账时由基金管理员使用当前证据报告。The system provides current processing capabilities for specific transactions. Current evidence reports capture all current activity for a specified reporting date and balance up to the reporting date. This current evidence report is available for ledger activity as well as fund holding reports. Current evidence reports are used by fund administrators when performing quarterly, half-yearly and year-end reconciliations.
系统建立当前证据报告,详细说明下面的当前活动:总账活动(提供细节总结、细节和交易事项细节的3级)和控股(提供总结和细节)。系统显示所有的总账帐户,在总账活动总结报告中具有过去的数据平衡。按帐户类型(资产,负债,资本,收益和支出)显示分组和总计的总账过去的数据和当前数据平衡。系统允许深入各种细节级的能力。可以在希望时在基金和控股级产生报告。The system builds a current evidence report detailing the following current activities: Ledger Activity (provides 3 levels of detail summary, detail and transaction detail) and holdings (provides summary and detail). The system displays all general ledger accounts with past data balances in the General Ledger Activity Summary report. Displays the past and current balance of the ledger grouped and totaled by account type (assets, liabilities, capital, income, and expenses). The system allows the ability to drill down to various levels of detail. Reports can be generated at the fund and holding level when desired.
当前证据报告是一个平衡报告。所有日期可以由用户在运行时间否决但是设定缺省日期,使得报告(过账)日期是前业务日和报告截止日期是前业务日。为每一当前过账的总账交易事项细节应该是在基金活动的交易事项细节屏幕中反应的那些。系统收集为选择的报告日期的所有过账日期总账平衡。为每一总账帐户,系统收集任何有一个在报告日期或之后的交易日期的当前合格交易事项,它们在一个指定的截止日期前并包括该截止日期过账到系统。如果一个帐户没有当前活动,则系统在借方/贷方字段显示零。为每一交易事项总计所有的借方和贷方。系统对过账/当前日期平衡、借方和贷方求和并分组。对于每一个总账帐户,系统按与每一当前过账关联的交易事项类型显示细节。对于每一个当前过账,系统显示关联的交易事项。按交易事项类型总计数量列。The current evidence report is a balanced report. All dates can be overridden by the user at run time but default dates are set such that the reporting (posting) date is the last business day and the report due date is the last business day. The G/L transaction details for each current post should be those reflected in the Fund Activity's Transaction Details screen. The system collects all posting date general ledger balances for the selected reporting date. For each general ledger account, the system collects any currently eligible transactions with a transaction date on or after the report date that were posted to the system by and including a specified cutoff date. If there is no current activity on an account, the system displays zeros in the Debit/Credit fields. Total all debits and credits for each transaction. The system sums and groups posting/current date balances, debits and credits. For each general ledger account, the system displays details by the transaction type associated with each current posting. For each current posting, the system displays the associated transaction. Total Quantity column by transaction type.
系统可以产生当前控股总结报告。最初,系统收集所有报告日期平衡控股和以CUSIP顺序列出它们。单位、市场值和费用连同基于报告选择的货币一起显示。为这一行项目的标题是"报告日期平衡"。收集在该报告的细节部分中的所有当前交易事项进行总计,并显示单位、市场值和费用(基于报告选择显示的货币)。显示基于证券的当前价格乘以交易事项的单位的市场值。优选,为购买,如果该基金不持有证券,则系统使用综合售主价格。如果不存在售主价格,则系统使用购买价格。这一行项目的标题是"当前活动",并也具有展开和收缩的能力以观看细节。小计为显示总单位、市场值、和费用的每一控股的行项目的"报告日期平衡"和"当前活动"。这一行项目的标题为"当前日期平衡"。为在该报告末尾在标题总基金"当前活动"下的所有控股的"当前日期活动"行项目进行总计。The system can generate the current holding summary report. Initially, the system collects all reporting date balance holdings and lists them in CUSIP order. Units, market values and fees are displayed along with the currency selected based on the report. The title for this line item is "Report Date Balance". All current transactions collected in the Detail section of the report are totaled and displayed in Units, Market Value and Fees (based on the currency the report chooses to display). Displays the market value in units based on the security's current price multiplied by the transaction. Preferably, for purchases, if the fund does not hold securities, the system uses the composite vendor price. If no vendor price exists, the system uses the purchase price. This line item is titled "Current Activity" and also has the ability to expand and contract to view details. Subtotals are "Report Date Balance" and "Current Activity" for each holding's line item showing total units, market value, and expenses. The title of this line item is "Current Date Balance". Totals are made for the "Current Date Activity" line item for all holdings under the heading Total Fund "Current Activity" at the end of this report.
系统还产生一个当前控股交易事项细节报告。系统收集具有一个在报告日期当天或在其前的交易日期和一个在报告日期当天或在其后直到和包括截止日期的过账日的所有当前交易事项。系统显示CUSIP、SEDOL、资产说明(长的)和列出具有交易日期、过账日期、交易事项类型、单位和费用(基于报告选项显示货币)的每一交易事项。The system also generates a current holding transaction detail report. The system collects all current transactions that have a transaction date on or before the report date and a posting date on or after the report date up to and including the cutoff date. The system displays CUSIP, SEDOL, asset description (long) and lists each transaction with transaction date, posting date, transaction type, unit and fee (display currency based on reporting options).
系统为选择的一定的交易事项提供当前处理能力。当前总账证据报告详细说明了过账日期帐户平衡,为具有在过账日期当天或其后的交易日期和在一个指定的截止日期前过账到本系统的交易事项的当前借方/贷方总计。可以使用这一报告作为为一致和证实当前总账交易事项的工具。The system provides the current processing capacity for certain selected transactions. The Current Ledger Evidence report details the post date account balance as the current debit/credit totals for transactions with transaction dates on or after the post date and that were posted to the system by a specified cutoff date. This report can be used as a tool for reconciling and validating current ledger transactions.
系统产生详细说明当前总账活动的证据。对于每一个总账帐户,系统允许诸如通过响应用户在接口屏幕上点击鼠标而"深入"到细节屏幕,后者将为选择的帐户显示所有当前过账。这一深入能力可用于任何当前过账以观看相关的交易事项的细节。用户可以按照需要打印总结和细节。该报告可以根据需要在基金和控股级产生。优选,"当前"总账证据报告是一个平衡报告。所有日期可以由用户在运行时间否决。为每一当前过账的交易事项细节应该连接到基金活动中的交易事项。The system generates evidence detailing current ledger activity. For each general ledger account, the system allows "drilling down" to a detail screen, such as by responding to a user clicking a mouse on the interface screen, which will display all current postings for the selected account. This drill-down capability can be used on any current posting to view details of related transactions. Users can print summary and details as needed. The report can be generated on demand at the fund and holding level. Preferably, the "current" ledger evidence report is a balance report. All dates can be overridden by the user at runtime. The transaction details for each current post should be linked to the transactions in the fund activity.
为建立总账证据报告,系统为选择的报告日期收集所有过账日期总账平衡。为每一总账帐户,系统收集任何合格的当前交易事项,其具有一个在报告日期当天或在其后的交易日期并在一个指定的截止日期前过账到本系统。总计为每一交易事项的所有借和贷。然后系统对报告日期平衡、借和贷求和。对于每一个总账帐户,系统显示与每一当前过账相关的细节。To build the G/L Evidence report, the system collects all post date GL balances for the selected reporting date. For each general ledger account, the system collects any eligible current transactions that have a transaction date on or after the report date and are posted to the system by a specified cutoff date. Totals all debits and credits for each transaction. The system then sums the balances, debits, and credits for the reporting date. For each general ledger account, the system displays details related to each current posting.
系统提供一个自动的审计工作单,它详细说明为金融报表重分类和调整而调整的指定日期的总账平衡。对该审计工作单的调整包括:在总账帐户和手工输入的调整之间的预先决定的自动的(重现)重新分类(reclasses)。产生的最后调整的平衡用于金融报表。作为准备金融报表的一部分,通常,金融机构的金融报告部调整帐簿总账帐户平衡而不实际修改记账记录,以便它们可以适当地反应在有关金融报表中。修改包括在总账帐户之间的系统自动产生的重分类、支出调整、当前活动和审计和税务调整。系统的审计工作单提供从帐簿记账平衡到最后的、金融报表平衡的审计记录。由审计工作单产生的最后调整的平衡可以包括在对外部服务的数据摘录中,诸如Donnelly FundWorX系统,为准备排版、拍摄就绪的金融报表。The system provides an automated audit worksheet detailing the general ledger balance for the specified date adjusted for financial statement reclassifications and adjustments. Adjustments to the audit worksheet include predetermined automatic (recurring) reclasses between general ledger accounts and manually entered adjustments. The resulting final adjusted balance is used in the financial statements. As part of preparing financial statements, typically, the financial reporting department of a financial institution adjusts book general ledger account balances without actually modifying the accounting records so that they can be properly reflected in the relevant financial statements. Modifications include system-automatically generated reclassifications, expense adjustments, current activities, and audit and tax adjustments between general ledger accounts. The system's audit worksheets provide an audit trail from book balance to final, financial statement balance. The final adjusted balance resulting from the audit worksheet can be included in the data extraction to an external service, such as the Donnelly FundWorX system, for typesetting, shooting-ready financial statements.
系统建立一个规则("重分类")维护屏幕以维护为从一个一般帐户到另一个帐户重分类平衡的规则。系统还建立一个手工输入屏幕。建立一个在线审计工作单,它反应可应用的手工条目和重分类条目。系统还建立一个包括比在线观看更多细节的打印工作单报告。系统允许用户在线验证和批准该审计工作单。系统建立对手工录入和重分类规则的所有修改的一个历史日志。系统还建立一个为工作单验证状态的状态表,并建立对该审计工作单的连接。也可以建立管理报告。如果希望的话,也可以为交付到外部服务建立一个数据摘录,诸如FundWorX摘录。The system creates a rule ("reclassification") maintenance screen to maintain rules for reclassifying balances from one general account to another. The system also creates a manual entry screen. Create an online audit worksheet that reflects applicable manual entries and reclassified entries. The system also creates a printed work order report that includes more detail than viewed online. The system allows users to verify and approve the audit worksheet online. The system maintains a historical log of all modifications to manual entries and reclassification rules. The system also builds a status table for the verification status of the work order and establishes a link to the audit work order. Management reports can also be created. It is also possible to create a data feed for delivery to an external service, such as a FundWorX feed, if desired.
通常,审计工作单报告包括上月末日期(如果实际月末日在星期六、星期日或市场假日,则使用前商业日平衡)。截止日期设定为上月末+1(如果实际月末日在星期六、星期日或市场假日,则使用前商业日平衡到下一后继商业日)。如果月末日在星期六、星期日或市场假日,则????总在所有报告和屏幕上显示该月末日。优选,工作单按总账GL帐户号码排序。Typically, audit work order reports include the previous month-end date (if the actual month-end falls on a Saturday, Sunday or market holiday, use the previous business day balance). The cut-off date is set to the end of the previous month + 1 (if the actual month-end falls on a Saturday, Sunday or market holiday, use the preceding business day to balance to the next succeeding business day). If the end of the month falls on a Saturday, Sunday or market holiday then? ? ? ? Always displays the end of the month on all reports and screens. Preferably, the work orders are sorted by general ledger GL account number.
为建立平衡,系统建立一个菜单选择以建立总账平衡。收集并排序为该工作单日期到截止日期的所有总账平衡。可以多于一次建立平衡(亦即使用不同的截止日期),但是只存储最近建立的平衡。To establish a balance, the system creates a menu selection to establish a ledger balance. Collect and sort all ledger balances from the work order date to the due date. The balance can be established more than once (ie using different expiration dates), but only the most recently established balance is stored.
为建立工作单,系统应用有效日期等于工作单日期的所有手工输入到存储的总账平衡并在"调整的平衡"列中打印。所有指定的重分类规则应用到"调整的平衡"字段中的平衡以建立一个新的"最后GL平衡"字段。如果"调整的平衡"是零,则不应用重分类规则。然后填充工作单。To create the work order, the system applies all manually entered GL balances with effective dates equal to the work order date to stored GL balances and prints them in the "Adjusted Balance" column. All specified reclassification rules are applied to the balance in the "Adjusted Balance" field to create a new "Last GL Balance" field. If the "adjusted balance" is zero, no reclassification rules apply. Then populate the worksheet.
系统允许在线对审计工作单的状态进行各种改变。状态在状态表中维护。状态在在线观看中显示。缺省状态是"开"。每次用户建立平衡时,状态是"开",列字段显示"产生平衡"。当对工作单进行修改时,禁止状态按钮,直到用户保存或撤消该修改。当对工作单进行修改并保存时,后继向"验证的"、"批准的"或"最后的"状态的状态改变将返回到开并保持在该状态,直到它由用户改变。用户将被提示为该改变输入一个评论。该评论将在状态报告中反应。The system allows various changes to the status of audit work orders online. State is maintained in a state table. Status is shown in online viewing. The default state is "on". Every time the user establishes a balance, the status is "On" and the column field displays "Generate Balance". When a modification is made to the worksheet, the status button is disabled until the user saves or undoes the modification. When a work order is modified and saved, subsequent status changes to the "verified", "approved" or "final" status will return to ON and remain in that status until it is changed by the user. The user will be prompted to enter a comment for the change. This comment will be reflected in the status report.
从状态表中选择状态,并基于网络用户ID访问每一状态。例如,对所有用户授权访问"开"和"验证"状态。只给具有另外适当权限的用户授权访问"批准的"和"最后的"状态。系统建立一个单独的标签,显示为一个审计工作单的状态历史。该历史可以从打印按钮打印。Select states from the state table and access each state based on the network user ID. For example, grant access to the "ON" and "VERIFIED" states for all users. Access to the "Approved" and "Last" states is only granted to users with otherwise appropriate permissions. The system creates a separate tab that displays the status history for an audit work order. The history can be printed from the print button.
金融机构的税务部可以为信息目的使用审计工作单。在审计工作单可以提供给征税前,它必须被批准。只当工作单处于批准状态时才可以标记征税列为批准。税务用户可以在线观看审计工作单或从报告菜单打印审计工作单。税务用户只有读访问权限。Financial institution tax departments may use audit worksheets for informational purposes. Before an audit work order can be provided to the tax collector, it must be approved. Taxation can be marked approved only if the work order is in Approved state. Tax users can view audit worksheets online or print audit worksheets from the reports menu. Tax users only have read access.
如果审计工作单是可用不同截止日期重新执行的,则状态返回到开,用户被提示输入评论,并且状态保留在开,直到由用户改变。如果后继向验证的、批准的或最后的状态的状态改变而保存对工作单进行的修改时,状态将返回到开并且用户将被提示为该修改输入评论。状态保持为开,直到由用户改变。为对税务标记为最后的、封锁的和批准的工作单改变状态,必须在退出屏幕前标记。在线观看显示最后的。为进行任何后继改变,工作单必须由授权用户"解锁"。状态返回到开并保持为开,直到由用户改变。If the audit work order is re-executable with a different due date, the status returns to ON, the user is prompted for comments, and the status remains ON until changed by the user. If a modification to the work order is saved following a status change to a verified, approved or final status, the status will return to ON and the user will be prompted to enter a comment for the modification. Status remains on until changed by the user. In order to change status for work orders marked final, blocked and approved for tax, they must be marked before exiting the screen. Watch online shows last. In order to make any subsequent changes, the worksheet must be "unlocked" by an authorized user. The state returns to ON and remains ON until changed by the user.
重分类规则产生平衡从一个总账帐户向另一个总账帐户的自动的重分类。重分类规则由指定用户在重分类维护/定义标签中建立。通过输入该重分类的说明、由之重分类的帐户号码和重分类到的帐户而建立规则。只当一定条件存在时才适用一定的规则。条件是可选的,不需要用在一个规则中。如果用户试图建立一个已经存在的规则,则出现一个警告消息并且不允许用户建立该规则:"这一重分类规则已经存在。"存储规则为在审计工作单中使用。Reclassification rules generate automatic reclassifications of balances from one general ledger account to another. Reclassification rules are created by designated users in the Reclassification Maintenance/Definitions tab. Create a rule by entering a description of the reclassification, the account number to reclassify from, and the account to reclassify to. Certain rules apply only when certain conditions exist. Conditions are optional and do not need to be used in a rule. If the user tries to create a rule that already exists, a warning message appears and does not allow the user to create the rule: "This reclassification rule already exists." Store the rule for use in the audit worksheet.
在重分类维护/基金/基金组标签中指定重分类规则。由指定用户在基金否决组或基金级指定规则。应用基金否决组逻辑。基金否决组和在遵从引擎中的基金否决组一样。当在否决组级指定一个规则时则为在该组中的每一个基金在基金级自动指定该规则。如果用户试图指定一个已经指定的规则,则出现下面的错误消息并且不指定该规则:"错误:规则已经指定。"对重分类规则的所有修改在规则维护/历史标签中存储。可以在线观看历史日志,或可以从屏幕打印。Specify reclassification rules in the Reclassification Maintenance/Funds/Fund Groups tab. Rules are specified at the fund veto group or fund level by the named user. Apply fund veto group logic. Fund rejection groups are the same as fund rejection groups in the compliance engine. When a rule is specified at the veto group level it is automatically specified at the fund level for every fund in that group. If the user attempts to specify a rule that is already specified, the following error message appears and the rule is not specified: "Error: Rule already specified." All modifications to reclassification rules are stored in the Rule Maintenance/History tab. History logs can be viewed online, or can be printed from the screen.
可以从审计工作单屏幕访问手工输入屏幕。在手工输入屏幕建立和删除手工录入项。对于新的手工录入项,当选择一个帐户时,帐户号码和有关的帐户说明在借方/贷方框中出现,还有一个空字段,用于输入美元数量。在任何新的手工录入项或存在的条目删除完成前必须点击保存、关闭或撤消按钮中的一个。一旦点击保存按钮则存储该录入项。只在净数量等于零时才可以保存手工录入项。如果该条件不存在,则禁止保存按钮。The manual entry screen can be accessed from the Audit Work Order screen. Create and delete manual entries on the manual entry screen. For new manual entries, when an account is selected, the account number and associated account description appear in the Debit/Credit box, with an empty field for entering the dollar amount. One of the Save, Close or Undo buttons must be clicked before any new manual entries or existing entries are deleted. Once the save button is clicked the entry is stored. Manually entered items can only be saved when the net quantity is equal to zero. If the condition does not exist, the save button is disabled.
用户将使用一个虚设的CCOA输入当前份额。增加作为借方输入,减少作为贷方输入。系统计算过账日期和当前日期部分之间的差。该差在审计工作单内的当前平衡和调整的平衡列之间的借方/贷方列内显示。对最后的GL平衡列执行调整的份额。历史的显示连接到审计工作单日期。缺省开始日期是最近的审计工作单日期,而缺省的截止日期是当前系统日期。用户可以否决日期。可以在线或以打印形式观看历史。工作单是具有当前/截止日期功能的平衡报告。缺省日期可由用户在安排的日期或在运行时间改写。优选,提供系统下面的缺省日期:工作单日期-上月末(如果实际月末日是星期六、星期日或市场假日,则使用前一商业日平衡)和截止日期-月末日+1(如果实际月末日是星期六、星期日或市场假日,则使用前一商业日平衡到下一后继商业日)。The user will enter the current share using a dummy CCOA. Increases are entered as debits and decreases are entered as credits. The system calculates the difference between the posting date and the current date part. This difference is shown in the Debit/Credit column between the Current Balance and Adjusted Balance columns in the Audit Worksheet. The adjusted share is performed on the last GL balance column. The historical display is linked to the audit work order date. The default start date is the most recent audit work order date, and the default end date is the current system date. User can veto date. History can be viewed online or in print. Work Order is a balance report with current/due date functionality. The default date can be overridden by the user on a scheduled date or at runtime. Preferably, the following default dates are provided for the system: Work Order Date - Last Month End (balance using previous business day if actual Month End is a Saturday, Sunday or market holiday) and Deadline - Month End + 1 (if Actual Month End is a Saturday, Sunday or market holiday, use the preceding business day to balance to the next succeeding business day).
系统提供基金记账录入报告,该报告可以用于为过账有关审计和税务调整的手工录入项到记账系统而递交给基金记账。该报告连接到审计工作单日期。缺省日期是最近审计工作单日期,但是它可以由用户否决。对于指定的工作单日期,系统收集所有有效日期等于工作单日期和基金记账标志标为"Y"的手工录入项。The system provides a fund book entry report that can be used to submit to fund bookkeeping for posting manual entries related to audit and tax adjustments to the bookkeeping system. This report is linked to the audit work order date. The default date is the most recent audit work order date, but this can be overridden by the user. For the specified work order date, the system collects all manually entered items whose effective date is equal to the work order date and whose fund bookkeeping flag is marked as "Y".
系统还提供重分类规则历史报告,也就是说,详细说明重分类规则历史的活动报告。所有缺省日期可以由用户否决,但是最初这样设定,开始日期是最近的工作单日期,结束日期是当前系统日期。系统收集为基金、基金组的所有规则历史或为一个指定日期范围所需要的所有规则。The system also provides reclassification rule history reports, that is, activity reports detailing the history of reclassification rules. All default dates can be overridden by the user, but are initially set so that the start date is the most recent work order date and the end date is the current system date. The system collects all rule history for a fund, group of funds, or all rules needed for a specified date range.
系统提供重分类规则的总结报告,它是一个在数据库中的所有重分类规则和已经指定给一个基金组或基金的重分类规则的一个列表。缺省日期这样设定,结束日期-可以由用户否决的上月末日期。系统收集当前指定给一个基金组或基金的所有规则和在数据库中的所有规则。The system provides a Reclassification Rules Summary Report, which is a listing of all reclassification rules in the database and the reclassification rules that have been assigned to a fund group or fund. The default date is set as EndDate - The end date of the previous month which can be overridden by the user. The system collects all rules currently assigned to a fund group or fund and all rules in the database.
系统提供一个手工录入历史报告,它是一个详细说明为一个基金在一个指定时期的手工录入历史的活动报告。缺省日期这样设定,报告日期是最近审计工作单日期。日期可以由用户否决。系统收集为请求的基金或基金组所有手工录入的历史。The system provides a Manual Entry History Report, which is an activity report detailing the manual entry history for a fund for a specified period. The default date is set so that the report date is the most recent audit work order date. Dates can be vetoed by the user. The system collects the history of all manual entries for the requested fund or group of funds.
系统提供为金融机构的金融报告部的信息,允许他们产生排版、拍摄就绪的金融报告。为一个指定的工作单日期的最后的总账平衡包含在摘录文件中。摘录文件应金融报告部的请求产生。系统建立一个ASCII"-"定界的,具有指定日期的基金最后总账平衡的文件。为每一基金建立单独的文件。该摘录可以根据请求产生。该摘录包括在工作单日期的最后调整的总账平衡。虽然所有的缺省日期都可以由用户否决,但是它们最初这样设定,工作单日期是上月末(如果实际月末日是星期六、星期天或市场假日,则使用前一商业日平衡)和截止日期是上月末+1(如果实际月末日是星期六、星期天或市场假日,则使用前一商业日平衡到下一后继商业日)。The system provides information to the financial reporting departments of financial institutions, allowing them to produce typesetting, film-ready financial reports. The last ledger balance for a specified work order date is included in the extract file. Extract files are produced at the request of the Financial Reporting Department. The system creates an ASCII " - " delimited file with the fund's final ledger balance on the specified date. Create separate files for each fund. This excerpt can be produced upon request. This extract includes the last adjusted ledger balance on the work order date. Although all default dates can be overridden by the user, they are initially set such that the work order date is the end of the previous month (balanced using the previous business day if the actual month end is a Saturday, Sunday, or market holiday) and the due date is +1 at the end of the previous month (if the actual month end is a Saturday, Sunday or market holiday, use the preceding business day to balance to the next succeeding business day).
参考图33,其为说明系统处理PFIC信息的概要的流程图,系统允许用户处理无息外国投资公司("PFIC")证券信息在综合基础上和基金基础上识别PFIC证券。系统计算对持有的PFIC证券和售出的PFIC证券的税务调整。另外,系统具有在基金级基础上为PFIC的报告能力。传统上手工执行PFIC分析。可以使用本系统来建立系统产生的报告;从而减少基金对人的输入错误的开放。另外,自动的PFIC功能允许在用户社团中更有效的工作流,以及产生高质量报告,这样增强了提供给客户的服务水平。PFIC的系统处理对于税务目的很重要。必须分析PFIC以便避免对他们的股票的分发和处置另外的征税和利息。为避免这种惩罚,持股人可以选择对市场选择权的标记。这一选择权允许持股人对待PFIC,就像它曾经为在持股人的财政年度的最后一天的市场价值出售。Referring to FIG. 33, which is a flowchart illustrating an overview of the processing of PFIC information by the system, the system allows users to process interest-free foreign investment company ("PFIC") securities information to identify PFIC securities on an aggregate basis and on a fund basis. The system calculates tax adjustments for PFIC securities held and PFIC securities sold. Additionally, the system has reporting capabilities for PFICs on a fund-level basis. PFIC analysis is traditionally performed manually. The system can be used to build system-generated reports; thereby reducing the Fund's exposure to human input errors. In addition, automated PFIC functionality allows for more efficient workflow within the user community, as well as the generation of high-quality reports, thus enhancing the level of service provided to customers. The systematic treatment of PFIC is important for tax purposes. PFICs must be analyzed in order to avoid additional taxes and interest on the distribution and disposal of their shares. To avoid this penalty, stockholders can choose to mark up the option on the market. This option allows the shareholder to treat the PFIC as if it had been sold for market value on the last day of the shareholder's fiscal year.
如果满足有关收益、资产等的一定的判据,则资产作为PFIC分类。投资公司机构(ICI)调查以3种方式分类可能的PFIC:类型I资产被视为PFIC:类型II是可能的PFIC,但其状态不清楚;类型III表示那些现在怀疑是但过去决定不是的PFIC。ICI调查由各种互助基金联合企业产生,通知ICI他们的特别的联合企业给一个资产的状态。因为各种投资顾问可能得出不同的结论,可能出现这种情况,即一个资产列在类目I、II、III下,或者作为多重类目(亦即I,III)。虽然一些资产由可能的PFIC的ICI调查列为类型I,可是所有怀疑是类型I的PFIC的最后决定由客户执行。还有第四种PFIC资产类目(IV),其由非ICI(亦即客户)的其他投资顾问决定为PFIC。由定义,外国互助基金是类型IV的PFIC。Assets are classified as PFIC if certain criteria regarding income, assets, etc. are met. The Investment Company Institute (ICI) survey classifies possible PFICs in 3 ways: Type I assets are considered PFICs: Type II are possible PFICs, but their status is unclear; Type III represents those PFICs that are now suspected to be but have decided not to be in the past . ICI surveys are generated by various mutual fund syndicates, notifying ICI of the status of their particular syndicate given an asset. Because various investment advisors may reach different conclusions, it may be the case that an asset is listed under categories I, II, III, or as multiple categories (ie, I, III). While some assets are classified as Type I by the ICI investigation of possible PFICs, the final determination of all PFICs suspected of being Type I is performed by the client. There is also a fourth PFIC asset class (IV), which is determined to be a PFIC by other investment advisors who are not ICIs (ie clients). By definition, foreign mutual funds are Type IV PFICs.
在系统上识别外国互助基金为:标志为RISC的资产或在资产管理中的投资公司,其原来国家不是美国;资产类型为互助基金,其原来国家不是美国。当在资产维护上建立一个满足外国基金判据的资产时,该资产应该自动地加到PFIC表,并自动检查PFIC IV状态。Identify foreign mutual funds on the system as: assets marked as RISC or investment companies in asset management, whose original country is not the United States; asset type is mutual funds, whose original country is not the United States. When creating a property on property maintenance that meets the foreign fund criteria, the property should be automatically added to the PFIC table and automatically checked for PFIC IV status.
系统允许从金融机构的其它信息系统输入PFIC信息。用户有在基金组和基金级使用跟踪能力否决PFIC信息的能力。为数据研究建立PFIC列表。产生表示PFIC状态变化的报告。建立一个PFIC控股报告。还建立一个PFIC销售报告。系统建立一个PFIC费用跟踪日程和PFIC费用销售跟踪日程。The system allows input of PFIC information from other information systems of financial institutions. Users have the ability to override PFIC information at the Fund Group and Fund level using the Tracking capability. Build a PFIC list for data research. A report is generated indicating a change in the status of the PFIC. Build a PFIC holdings report. Also build a PFIC sales report. The system creates a PFIC expense tracking schedule and a PFIC expense sales tracking schedule.
优选,金融机构的其它信息系统在一年或半年基础上提供PFIC证券信息。这一信息将通过一个电子表格程序诸如Excel或通过因特网文件接收,并输入到本系统。该信息填充表维护菜单中的一个PFIC表。然后该表填充资产维护中的PFIC检查框。当在资产维护中产生新资产时应该参考PFIC表看是否该资产列在该表内。以这种方式,当产生资产时可以更新PFIC状态。Preferably, the financial institution's other information system provides PFIC security information on an annual or semi-annual basis. This information will be received through a spreadsheet program such as Excel or via an Internet file and entered into the system. This information populates a PFIC table in the Table Maintenance menu. The table is then populated with the PFIC checkbox in Asset Maintenance. When a new asset is created in asset maintenance, the PFIC table should be consulted to see if the asset is listed in the table. In this way, the PFIC status can be updated when assets are generated.
参考图33,系统在框330给它的资产维护部分输入ICI信息。在框331用PFIC状态更新资产维护信息。然后系统在框332产生PFIC列表。然后系统在框333研究遗失的数据并更新资产维护信息(这是如何做的?)在框334,系统根据PFIC控股335产生PFIC基金报告,PFIC销售报告339,PFIC费用跟踪-控股信息930,和PFIC费用跟踪-销售信息931。在框336,PFIC报告被发送到客户审查。一旦用户授权批准,则系统在框337根据需要更新。在框338更新系统的税务提供来考虑PFIC调整。Referring to Figure 33, the system enters ICI information at
在金融机构文件的其他系统文件中列出的资产可以以3种方式与资产维护中的资产匹配:sedol可以与资产维护中的sedol匹配;文件中的资产说明可以通过资产维护说明的"α"检索匹配;在文件中列出的实体在公司级;因此,一旦找到一个匹配,则其它具有同样的发行代码(非债务)的权益资产也将考虑为是同样的PFIC类目。例如,如果XYZ公共股票控股作为PFIC I列出,则所有XYZ控股的其它发行(亦即优选股票)将被考虑为PFIC I。输入将看发行代码来寻找由XYZ控股发行的所有权益资产。Assets listed in other system files of financial institution files can be matched with assets in asset maintenance in 3 ways: sedol can be matched with sedol in asset maintenance; asset description in the file can be specified by "α" of asset maintenance description Searches for matches; entities listed in the file are at the company level; therefore, once a match is found, other equity assets with the same issue code (not debt) will also be considered for the same PFIC category. For example, if XYZ Public Equity Holdings is listed as PFIC I, then all other offerings of XYZ Holdings (i.e. preferred stock) will be considered as PFIC I. Entering will look at the issue code to find all equity assets issued by XYZ Holdings.
因为PFIC状态的最后决定由投资顾问做出,因此在基金组级和基金级需要否决功能。基金级的否决只可以在税务管理者或更高级访问上进行。优选,只有一行"PFIC"具有是/否选择。不需要单个的PFIC I、II、III、和IV框。该框是空的(零)。用户用是或否否决该框。Because the final decision on PFIC status is made by investment advisors, a veto function is required at the fund group level and at the fund level. Fund-level vetoes are only available on Tax Manager or higher access. Preferably, only one row of "PFIC" has a yes/no selection. Individual PFIC I, II, III, and IV boxes are not required. The box is empty (zero). User overrules the box with yes or no.
在从金融机构内的其它部来的文件中列出的许多资产包括遗失的数据。因此,报告优选帮助用户识别具有遗失数据的资产,以便可以脱机进行研究,和可以更新系统。两个这样的报告可以特别有用:PFIC列表(打印资产的全部文件(可以在系统外部进行))和例外报告(打印出未输入本系统的一个证券列表,因为在资产维护中未找到匹配资产)。这些报告应该按PFIC状态排序,然后按资产说明的字母排序。当然,可以使用任何排序顺序,取决于特定应用。Many assets listed in documents from other departments within the financial institution include missing data. Therefore, the reports preferably help users identify assets with missing data so that research can be done offline, and the system can be updated. Two such reports can be particularly useful: PFIC List (prints the entire file for an asset (can be done outside the system)) and Exceptions Report (prints out a list of securities that were not entered into the system because no matching asset was found in Asset Maintenance) . These reports should be sorted by PFIC status and then alphabetically by asset description. Of course, any sort order can be used, depending on the particular application.
系统允许产生资产维护研究报告。从资产维护文件,用户可以产生下面的4个报告:PFIC列表报告打印具有PFIC状态的资产的整个表,按类目排序然后按资产说明字母排序。仅PFIC I报告列出在资产维护中仅是PFIC I的资产,按资产说明字母排序。仅PFIC IV报告列出在资产维护中仅是PFIC IV的资产,按资产说明字母排序。仅PFIC I和IV报告列出在资产维护中是PFIC I和IV的资产,按资产说明字母排序。The system allows the generation of asset maintenance studies. From the asset maintenance file, the user can generate the following 4 reports: The PFIC List report prints the entire list of assets with PFIC status, sorted by category and then alphabetically by asset description. The PFIC I Only report lists assets that are PFIC I only in Asset Maintenance, sorted alphabetically by asset description. The PFIC IV Only report lists assets that are PFIC IV only in Asset Maintenance, sorted alphabetically by asset description. The PFIC I and IV only report lists assets that are PFIC I and IV in Asset Maintenance, sorted alphabetically by asset description.
系统允许产生一个PFIC状态报告-资产维护级,它表示对PFIC状态进行的改变。该报告可以为一段时间期间运行,包括所有在该时期发生的和给以一个PFIC状态的修改和新资产打开。该报告首先按修改排序,然后按资产打开,然后,在这些类目内,按说明的字母排序。提供按过账日期(最近的到最早的)排序的一个选项。第二排序可以按说明字母。The system allows the generation of a PFIC Status Report - Asset Maintenance Level, which indicates changes made to the PFIC status. This report can be run for a period of time and includes all modifications and new assets opened during that period and given a PFIC status. The report is first sorted by modification, then opened by asset, and then, within these categories, alphabetically by description. Provides an option to sort by posting date (latest to oldest). A second sort can be alphabetical by description.
系统还提供一个基金组级报告,它表示在资产维护和基金维护中PFIC状态之间的差别(指示在基金组维护中的初始缺省状态已经改变)。优选,该报告只提到为已经更新的(亦即该字段不空)那些资产的基金组维护。在PFIC状态中的差别将是,例如如果资产维护状态是I和基金组维护是N。另外,该报告还应该表示在基金组维护中已经标志为PFIC但是在资产维护中无PFIC状态的资产(亦即资产维护是"",而基金组维护是"Y")。该报告应该有能力为一个选择的日子运行。该报告应该首先按资产维护PFIC类目排序,然后按说明字母排序(空资产维护类目应该列在最后)。还应该有一个按过账日期排序的选项(最近日期到最早日期)。第二排序应该按说明字母。The system also provides a fund group level report that shows the difference between PFIC status in asset maintenance and fund maintenance (indicating that the initial default status in fund group maintenance has changed). Preferably, the report only mentions Fund Group Maintenance for those assets that have been updated (ie this field is not empty). The difference in PFIC status will be, for example, if asset maintenance status is I and fund group maintenance is N. In addition, the report should also indicate the assets that have been marked as PFIC in the fund group maintenance but have no PFIC status in the asset maintenance (that is, the asset maintenance is "" and the fund group maintenance is "Y"). The report should have the ability to run for a selected day. The report should be sorted first by asset maintenance PFIC category, then alphabetically by description (empty asset maintenance categories should be listed last). There should also be an option to sort by posting date (most recent to oldest). Second sorting should be alphabetical by description.
系统还提供一个基金级状态报告,它表示在基金级PFIC状态和基金组级或资产维护中之一之间的差别。这特别有用,因为可以在基金级应用否决。该报告在基金级比较状态,决定PFIC状态是否与资产维护或基金组级的不同(该基金是否是一个否决基金组)。该报告应该首先按资产维护PFIC类目排序,然后按说明字母排序(空资产维护类目应该列在最后)。还应该有一个按过账日期排序的选项(最近日期到最早日期)。第二排序应该按说明字母。The system also provides a fund level status report which shows the difference between the fund level PFIC status and one of the fund group level or asset maintenance. This is especially useful because vetoes can be applied at the fund level. The report compares the status at the fund level to determine if the PFIC status is different than at the asset maintenance or fund group level (whether the fund is a rejected fund group). The report should be sorted first by asset maintenance PFIC category, then alphabetically by description (empty asset maintenance categories should be listed last). There should also be an option to sort by posting date (most recent to oldest). Second sorting should be alphabetical by description.
系统提供一个可能的PFIC控股报告,它详细说明为所有具有PFIC状态的资产在份额级的所有当前控股。用于该报告的PFIC状态应该来自资产维护级,并不应该使用否决状态。所有货币量用美元表示(不需要显示本地货币)。报告标题是"可能的PFIC控股报告-ICI类目"。PFIC控股报告应该在基金级和基金组级都具有打印、文件、和显示选项。对于当前报告,必须计算市场值。该计算等于份额乘以报告日期的市场价格。对于未实现的收益/损失,该计算等于市场价值和成本之间的差。该报告应该为多于一个份额的资产小计份额、成本、市场价值、和未实现的收益/损失。报告上不应该出现共计。The system provides a possible PFIC holdings report detailing all current holdings at the lot level for all assets with PFIC status. The PFIC status used for this report should come from the asset maintenance level and the veto status should not be used. All currency quantities are expressed in USD (local currency does not need to be displayed). The title of the report is "Possible PFIC Holdings Report - ICI Category". The PFIC Holdings report should have print, file, and display options at both the fund level and fund group level. For the current report, the market value must be calculated. This calculation equals the share multiplied by the market price at the reporting date. For unrealized gains/losses, the calculation is equal to the difference between market value and cost. The report should subtotal shares, costs, market values, and unrealized gains/losses for assets with more than one share. Totals should not appear on the report.
系统提供一个可能的PFIC销售报告,它详细说明在一个指定时期可能的PFIC证券的销售交易事项。该报告包括具有PFIC状态的所有资产,亦即外国互助基金。用于该报告的PFIC状态应该在资产维护级,并不应该使用否决状态。对于在报告时期内被撤消的销售交易事项,既不包括原来的交易事项也不包括撤消交易事项。如果在报告时期外发生撤消交易事项,则应该包括该交易事项,该撤消交易事项应该出现在下一报告时期。撤消交易事项具有和销售交易事项相反的符号。所有货币量应该以美元表示(不需要显示本地货币)。该报告将打印在一个指定时期内的所有销售交易事项,其标题为"可能的PFIC销售报告-ICI类目"。The system provides a Probable PFIC Sales Report detailing possible sales transactions of PFIC securities during a specified period. The report includes all assets with PFIC status, ie foreign mutual funds. The PFIC status used for this report should be at asset maintenance level, and the veto status should not be used. For sales transactions that were canceled during the reporting period, neither the original transaction nor the cancellation transaction is included. A reverse transaction should be included if it occurs outside the reporting period, and the reverse transaction should appear in the next reporting period. A reverse transaction has the opposite sign to a sale transaction. All currency amounts should be expressed in USD (local currency does not need to be displayed). This report will print all sales transactions for a specified period and is titled "Possible PFIC Sales Report - ICI Category".
系统可以计算实现的收益/损失特征。然而,为决定实现的收益/损失特征的逻辑必须匹配从源系统来的计算。该报告应该为具有多于一个份额的每一资产小计份额、成本、收益和实现的收益/损失。报告上不应该出现共计。The system can calculate realized gain/loss characteristics. However, the logic for determining the realized gain/loss characteristics must match the calculations from the source system. The report should subtotal the shares, costs, benefits and realized gains/losses for each asset with more than one share. Totals should not appear on the report.
由金融机构建立PFIC的定义。应该使用最当前的PFIC状态。如果一个资产被认为是一个非PFIC资产,然后改变为PFIC资产,则该资产应该被认为是一个PFIC资产,甚至为历史的目的。用户从该证券原来的购买日期运行费用跟踪日程,系统需要从那天到当前日期重新建立费用跟踪日程。应该允许对在资产维护和基金组维护中的PFIC状态的修改。在资产维护中将更新"真"PFIC状态(从ICI)并在可能的PFIC控股报告和可能的PFIC销售报告中显示。当决定一个证券是否是一个PFIC时使用标准否决逻辑。该报告应该首先看基金级-是否没有PFIC状态,然后看基金组级-是否没有状态,然后看资产维护级。Definitions of PFIC are established by financial institutions. The most current PFIC state should be used. If an asset is considered a non-PFIC asset and then changes to a PFIC asset, the asset should be considered a PFIC asset, even for historical purposes. The user runs the expense tracking schedule from the security's original purchase date, and the system needs to re-establish the expense tracking schedule from that date to the current date. Modification of PFIC status in Asset Maintenance and Fund Group Maintenance should be allowed. The "true" PFIC status (from ICI) will be updated in Asset Maintenance and displayed in the Probable PFIC Holdings Report and Probable PFIC Sales Report. Standard rejection logic is used when deciding whether a security is a PFIC. The report should first look at the fund level - whether there is no PFIC status, then look at the fund group level - whether there is no status, and then look at the asset maintenance level.
图34是说明PFIC费用跟踪控股日程的流程图。对于被认为是由一个基金持有的PFIC资产的所有份额,必须为税务目的计算一个调整的费用基础。这一调整的费用基础结合市场增值到费用中。这一调整的费用基础每年向前滚动,直到该份额被售出。在处置时,使用调整的费用基础决定税务实现的收益/损失。一个费用跟踪日程是一个活动报告,其用于详细说明为每一份额的调整的费用基础。一个份额为获得它的那一年进入该日程。该份额为保持它的每一后继年留在日程中。该份额在其被售出的那一年从日程中清除;然而,从前一年来的数据应该留在该日程中。因此,一个资产将留在该日程中,直到所持有的最后份额被售出的那一年。所有货币量以美元计算。如果一个资产从非PFIC状态改变为PFIC状态(在分类逻辑中定义),则必须为该资产被持有的所有年重新建立跟踪日程,当报告由用户运行时。应该为一个电子表格程序设计费用跟踪控股报告,诸如Microsoft Excel。用户应该能够看在基金级的控股列表,和通过双击或选择一个控股,应该能够"深入"和看整个费用跟踪日程。该屏幕应该具有打印能力。不应该有更新功能可用。为对数据进行改变,需要用户作为电子表格保存文件和在系统外部进行改变。Figure 34 is a flowchart illustrating the PFIC fee tracking holding schedule. For all shares of PFIC assets deemed to be held by a fund, an adjusted fee basis must be calculated for tax purposes. This adjusted fee basis incorporates market value added into the fee. This adjusted fee basis is rolled forward each year until the share is sold. On disposal, use the adjusted expense basis to determine the tax realized gain/loss. A fee tracking schedule is an activity report detailing the adjusted fee basis for each share. A share enters the schedule for the year in which it was earned. The share remains on the schedule for each subsequent year in which it is maintained. The share is cleared from the schedule in the year it was sold; however, data from the previous year should remain in the schedule. Thus, an asset will remain on the schedule until the year in which the last share held is sold. All currency amounts are in US dollars. If an asset changes from non-PFIC status to PFIC status (defined in the classification logic), the tracking schedule must be re-established for all years that the asset was held, when the report is run by the user. Expense Tracking Holdings reports should be designed for a spreadsheet program, such as Microsoft Excel. Users should be able to see a list of holdings at the fund level, and by double-clicking or selecting a holding, should be able to "drill down" and see the entire expense tracking schedule. This screen should have printing capabilities. There should be no update functionality available. To make changes to the data, the user is required to save the file as a spreadsheet and make changes outside the system.
参考图34,它说明PFIC费用跟踪日程的流程图,系统在框340决定该资产是否被认为是一个PFIC。如果不是,则计算结束。如果它是一个PFIC,则系统在框341决定该资产是否在前一财政年度内持有。如果不是,则在框342建立一个新费用跟踪日程。如果该资产在最后一年被持有,则系统在框344决定该份额是否在前一财政年度被持有。如果不是,则在框345把一个新份额加到现有的费用跟踪日程上。如果该份额在最后一年被持有,则系统在框346决定在当前财政年度是否有该份额的部分销售。如果不是,则系统在框347为当前财政年度计算调整的费用基础。如果有部分销售,则系统在框348为剩余的份额按比例分配该年的数字。然后系统在框349为当前财政年度计算调整的费用基础。Referring to FIG. 34, which illustrates a flow diagram of the PFIC expense tracking schedule, the system determines at block 340 whether the asset is considered a PFIC. If not, the computation ends. If it is a PFIC, the system determines at block 341 whether the asset was held within the previous fiscal year. If not, then a new expense tracking schedule is created at block 342 . If the asset was held in the last year, the system determines at block 344 whether the share was held in the previous fiscal year. If not, then at block 345 a new share is added to the existing expense tracking schedule. If the share was held in the last year, the system determines at block 346 whether there has been a partial sale of the share in the current fiscal year. If not, the system calculates an adjusted fee basis for the current fiscal year at block 347 . If there are partial sales, the system prorates the year's figure for the remaining share at box 348 . The system then calculates an adjusted fee basis for the current fiscal year at block 349 .
用户有两个报告选项可用。在第一个中,用户可以运行整个报告(包括在该财政或货物税年度)或为一个指定的资产标识符运行该报告。在第二个中,用户可以为财政年度末(该日程将反应控股和该财政年度末的值)货物税年度末(该日程将反应上一财政年度末的控股,但是反应费用,向前调整的费用,和货物税年度末的市场值)运行一个报告。该报告应该总表示资产的整个历史。术语"当前财政年度"等于完成分析的年度;或当前过账日期前的最后财政年度末日期。例如,如果过账日期是5/5/95,基金的财政年度末是3月,则当前财政年度是年3/31/95。Users have two reporting options available. In the first, the user can run the entire report (including in the fiscal or excise year) or run the report for a specified asset identifier. In the second, the user can set the value for fiscal year end (the schedule will reflect holdings and the value of the fiscal year end) excise tax year end (the schedule will reflect holdings at the end of the previous fiscal year, but reflect expenses, adjusted forward expenses, and market value at the end of the excise tax year) to run a report. The report should always represent the entire history of the asset. The term "current fiscal year" is equal to the year in which the analysis was completed; or the last fiscal year end date prior to the current posting date. For example, if the posting date is 5/5/95 and the fund's fiscal year end is March, the current fiscal year is 3/31/95.
如果一个份额在正在进行计算的当前财政年度内被完全售出(通过一次销售交易或在该年的多次交易),则在该列应该出现"完全销售"。如果一个份额在当前财政年度内部分销售,则在该列出现"部分销售"。如果在当前财政年度对该份额未发生活动,则该列保留空白。状态应该保留在为前几年的日程。If a unit was fully sold (either through a single sale transaction or multiple transactions during the year) during the current fiscal year in which the calculation is being made, then "Complete Sale" should appear in this column. "Partial Sale" appears in this column if a share was partially sold during the current fiscal year. Leave this column blank if no activity has occurred on the share during the current fiscal year. Status should remain on the schedule for previous years.
对市场的评定等于市场值和下面两者中之一之间的差:a.)原来的费用,如果该份额是在当前年度内购买的;b.)向前调整的费用,如果该份额在前一财政年度内持有。如果该份额的部分销售在当前财政年度内发生,则原来费用和从前一财政年度向前调整的费用两者都必须为在当前财政年度中剩余的份额按比例分配。仅在市场增值(市场值>成本)时应用对市场的评定。这样,如果有市场贬值,则对市场的评定字段应该用"-"填充。The assessment of the market is equal to the difference between the market value and one of: a.) the original fee, if the share was purchased during the current year; b.) the forward-adjusted fee, if the share was purchased in the previous held within a fiscal year. If a portion of the sale of the share occurs during the current fiscal year, both the original charge and the charge adjusted forward from the previous fiscal year must be prorated for the remaining share in the current fiscal year. Appraisal of the market is only applied when the market is value-added (market value > cost). Thus, if there is a market depreciation, the Rating field for the market should be filled with "-".
终止调整的费用等于市场值或:a.)原来的费用,如果该份额是在当前年度内购买的;b.)向前调整的费用,如果该份额在前一财政年度内持有的,中较高的一个。向前调整的费用等于该份额从前一财政年度的终止调整的费用。如果该份额在前一年度内未销售,则该列应该用"N/A"填充。如果在当前财政年度内发生该份额的部分销售,则从前一财政年度向前调整的费用必须为在当前财政年度内剩余的部分按比例分配。The termination adjustment fee is equal to the market value or: a.) the original fee, if the share was purchased during the current year; b.) the forward adjustment fee, if the share was held in the previous fiscal year, whichever is higher one of. The cost adjusted forward is equal to the cost of the share adjusted from the end of the previous financial year. If the share has not been sold within the previous year, then this column should be populated with "N/A". If a partial sale of the share occurs during the current fiscal year, the charge adjusted forward from the previous fiscal year must be prorated for the remaining portion during the current fiscal year.
当为所有资产运行时该报告应该按资产说明字母排序。在每一资产内,详细的日程应该按照财政年度末排序,而在每一财政年度末内,按份额号码排序。该报告应该为每一财政年度、份额、原来的费用、向前调整的费用、市场值、对市场的PFIC评定、和为有多于一个份额的资产的终止调整费用进行小计。为该资产或该报告不需要共计。When run for all assets the report should be sorted alphabetically by asset description. Within each asset, the detailed schedule should be sorted by fiscal year end, and within each fiscal year end, by share number. The report should subtotal for each fiscal year, tranche, original cost, forward adjusted cost, market value, PFIC assessment to market, and termination adjusted cost for assets with more than one tranche. Totals are not required for this asset or this report.
系统还允许为货物税时期(10/31/XX)("PFIC费用跟踪-控股-货物税")为PFIC计算调整的费用基础。为了为一个资产在货物税年度末日程中出现,它必须曾在先前的财政年度作为一个PFIC对待。如果一个资产在最后的财政年度末被持有,则它在货物税报告中出现,除非它在该货物税年度末日期前售出。如果曾经购买该资产的另外的份额,则这些新份额将被包含在货物税报告中。向前调整的费用将等于前一财政年度末(10/31/94)的值。市场值将等于货物税日期(10/31/95)的值。为计算对市场的PFIC评定和终止调整的费用的逻辑和PFIC费用跟踪-控股报告一样,除了对"财政年度"的参考将用"货物税年度"代替。The system also allows the calculation of an adjusted fee basis for PFIC for the Excise Period (10/31/XX) ("PFIC Fee Tracker-Holding-Excise"). In order for an asset to appear on the excise year-end schedule, it must have been treated as a PFIC in a previous financial year. If an asset is held at the end of the last fiscal year, it appears on the excise tax report unless it is sold before that excise year end date. If additional shares of the property were purchased, these new shares will be included in the excise tax report. Forward adjusted charges will be equal to the value at the end of the previous fiscal year (10/31/94). The market value will be equal to the value on the excise date (10/31/95). The logic for calculating the fee for PFIC assessment and termination adjustments to the market is the same as for the PFIC Fee Tracker - Holding Report, except that references to "Fiscal Year" will be replaced with "Excise Year".
参考图34,系统提供一个PFIC费用跟踪-销售日程的报告。当一个被认为是一个PFIC的资产的份额被销售时,使用调整的费用基础计算税务收益/损失。费用销售跟踪日程详细说明为这些交易事项的计算。所有货币数量用美元。当由用户运行该报告时如果一个资产从非PFIC状态改变到PFIC状态(在分类逻辑中定义),则必须为该资产被持有的所有年度重新建立跟踪日程。费用跟踪销售报告应该为一个电子表格程序设计,诸如Microsoft Excel。用户应该能够在基金级看曾有销售交易事项的PFIC股票的列表。通过双击或选择一个cusip,用户应该能够"深入"和看整个费用跟踪销售日程。该屏幕应该具有打印能力。不应该有更新功能。为了对日期进行改变,要求用户保存该文件为Excel电子表格和在系统外部进行改变。Referring to Figure 34, the system provides a PFIC Fee Tracking - Sales Schedule report. When a share of an asset that is considered a PFIC is sold, the tax gain/loss is calculated using the adjusted expense basis. The expense sales tracking schedule details the calculations for these transactions. All currency quantities are in US dollars. If an asset changes from non-PFIC status to PFIC status (defined in the classification logic) when the report is run by the user, the tracking schedule must be re-established for all years that the asset was held. Expense Tracking Sales Reports should be designed for a spreadsheet program, such as Microsoft Excel. Users should be able to see a list of PFIC stocks that have had sales transactions at the fund level. By double clicking or selecting a cusip, the user should be able to "drill down" and see the entire expense tracking sales calendar. This screen should have printing capabilities. There should be no update function. In order to make changes to the date, the user is required to save the file as an Excel spreadsheet and make the changes outside of the system.
在这一场合,用户有两个报告选项可用。第一个,用户可以运行整个报告,它包括在该指定的时期内所有的交易事项,或为一个指定sedol运行报告。在第二报告选项中,用户可以为财政年度末运行报告(该报告将包括在最后财政年度内过账的销售)或为货物税年度末运行报告(该报告将包括在最后货物税年度内过账的销售)。然而,该报告应该具有为任何日期范围运行的能力。In this case, the user has two reporting options available. First, the user can run the entire report, which includes all transactions for the specified period, or run the report for a specified sedol. In the second reporting option, the user can run the report for Fiscal Year End (the report will include sales posted in the last fiscal year) or run the report for Excise Year End (the report will include sales posted in the last Excise Year) . However, the report should have the ability to run for any date range.
向前调整的费用总等于从前一财政年度末计算的向前调整的费用。这一数字不在整个财政年度内更新。如果销售的交易日期等于财政年度末日期则使用从前一年度末的向前调整的费用。如果在前一财政年度不持有该份额,则使用原来的费用。这样,将没有税务收益/损失,因为它将等于帐簿收益/损失。The forward adjusted charge always equals the forward adjusted charge calculated from the end of the previous fiscal year. This figure is not updated for the full fiscal year. If the transaction date of the sale is equal to the fiscal year end date then the forward adjusted charge from the previous year end is used. If the share was not held in the previous financial year, the original fee is used. This way, there will be no tax gain/loss as it will be equal to book gain/loss.
向前调整的费用总等于从前一货物税年度末计算的向前调整的费用。这一数字不在整个货物税年度内更新。如果销售的交易日期等于货物税年度末日期则使用从前一年度末的向前调整的费用。如果在前一货物税年度不持有该份额,则使用原来的费用。这样,将没有税务收益/损失,因为它将等于帐簿收益/损失。The forward adjusted charge is always equal to the forward adjusted charge calculated from the end of the previous excise tax year. This figure is not updated throughout the excise year. If the transaction date of the sale is equal to the excise tax year-end date then the forward-adjusted charge from the previous year-end is used. If the share was not held in the previous excise tax year, the original charge is used. This way, there will be no tax gain/loss as it will be equal to book gain/loss.
如果从购买日期的交易日期到销售的交易日期的天数等于或小于1年,则认为该收益或损失是短期的。如果从该份额的购买日期的交易日期到销售的交易日期的天数大于1年,则认为该收益或损失是长期的。税务调整等于税务收益/损失减去帐簿收益/损失。根据定义,这将总是一个负数。对于每一资产,该报告应该小计份额、原来的费用、向前调整的费用、收益、短期和长期税务收益/损失、短期和长期帐簿收益/损失、和多于一个份额的交易事项的税务调整。The gain or loss is considered short-term if the number of days from the transaction date of the purchase date to the transaction date of the sale is 1 year or less. The gain or loss is considered long-term if the number of days from the transaction date of the purchase date of the share to the transaction date of the sale is greater than 1 year. Tax adjustment equals tax gain/loss minus book gain/loss. By definition, this will always be a negative number. For each asset, the report should subtotal tranche, original expense, forward adjusted expense, gain, short-term and long-term tax gain/loss, short-term and long-term book gain/loss, and transaction of more than one tranche tax adjustment.
根据本发明的优选实施例说明了本发明,这些实施例是为了说明而非限制的目的加以介绍。本发明相对于现有技术有几个优点,包括它可以灵活地应用于各种基金,它可以容易地修改以满足一种基金的特别需要,它可以迅速地用改变的规则运行模型。系统在极短的时期内提供遵从测试,同时提供比现有技术所知更准确的测试结果。改进的遵从测试允许给基金管理者和遵从分析员早期和自动地提供警告,从而减小更严重的遵从违反的可能性。应该理解,在本发明的范围内,对于熟悉本技术领域的人来说,可以实现给出本公开好处的修改、变化和特征。The present invention has been described in terms of its preferred embodiments, which are presented for purposes of illustration and not limitation. The present invention has several advantages over the prior art, including that it can be flexibly applied to various funds, that it can be easily modified to meet a fund's particular needs, and that it can quickly run the model with changing rules. The system provides compliance testing in an extremely short period of time while providing more accurate test results than known in the prior art. Improved compliance testing allows early and automatic warnings to fund managers and compliance analysts, thereby reducing the likelihood of more serious compliance violations. It should be understood that within the scope of the invention, modifications, changes and features may be effected by those skilled in the art, giving the benefit of the disclosure.
Claims (100)
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US12727399P | 1999-03-31 | 1999-03-31 | |
| US60/127,273 | 1999-03-31 | ||
| US51637700A | 2000-03-01 | 2000-03-01 | |
| US09/516,377 | 2000-03-01 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CN1353842A true CN1353842A (en) | 2002-06-12 |
Family
ID=26825494
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN 00808296 Pending CN1353842A (en) | 1999-03-31 | 2000-03-31 | Portfolio investment guideline compliance and financial fund administration system |
Country Status (6)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (1) | EP1212711A4 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP2003504701A (en) |
| CN (1) | CN1353842A (en) |
| AU (1) | AU4186700A (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2369296A1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2000058900A1 (en) |
Cited By (20)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN101166118B (en) * | 2007-09-30 | 2011-06-08 | 华为技术有限公司 | User configuration information processing method and business report system |
| CN105913221A (en) * | 2016-04-08 | 2016-08-31 | 佛山市融信通企业咨询服务有限公司 | On-line accounting system based on WEB/IIS |
| CN110532373A (en) * | 2019-07-17 | 2019-12-03 | 平安科技(深圳)有限公司 | Generation method, device, computer equipment and the storage medium of finance data |
| CN112395371A (en) * | 2020-12-10 | 2021-02-23 | 深圳迅策科技有限公司 | Financial institution asset classification processing method and device and readable medium |
| CN112581288A (en) * | 2020-12-11 | 2021-03-30 | 京东数字科技控股股份有限公司 | Task processing method, system, electronic device and storage medium |
| US20240127256A1 (en) * | 2017-04-25 | 2024-04-18 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | System and method for card control |
| US12112313B2 (en) | 2015-07-31 | 2024-10-08 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Connected payment card systems and methods |
| US12130937B1 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2024-10-29 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Control tower for prospective transactions |
| US12154102B2 (en) | 2008-10-31 | 2024-11-26 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Payment vehicle with on and off function |
| US12174992B1 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2024-12-24 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Access control interface for managing entities and permissions |
| US12198130B2 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2025-01-14 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Access control tower |
| US12205121B2 (en) | 2015-03-27 | 2025-01-21 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Token management system |
| US12206674B2 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2025-01-21 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Access control tower |
| US12217248B1 (en) | 2008-10-31 | 2025-02-04 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Payment vehicle with on and off function |
| US12223091B2 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2025-02-11 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Control tower for linking accounts to applications |
| US12238112B2 (en) | 2021-01-05 | 2025-02-25 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Digital account controls portal and protocols for federated and non-federated systems and devices |
| US12238051B2 (en) | 2020-09-04 | 2025-02-25 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Synchronous interfacing with unaffiliated networked systems to alter functionality of sets of electronic assets |
| US12299657B2 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2025-05-13 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Control tower for prospective transactions |
| US12373884B2 (en) | 2017-07-06 | 2025-07-29 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Data control tower |
| US12469015B2 (en) | 2022-04-12 | 2025-11-11 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Systems and methods for private network issuance of digital currency |
Families Citing this family (26)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US7599869B2 (en) * | 2000-10-11 | 2009-10-06 | Charles Schwab & Co. | Pre-trade compliance checking in a portfolio management system |
| JP2003050896A (en) * | 2001-08-08 | 2003-02-21 | Mitsui & Co Ltd | Consolidated risk management database system |
| FR2829330B1 (en) * | 2001-08-31 | 2003-11-28 | Canon Kk | METHOD FOR REQUESTING RECEIPT OF THE RESULT OF EXECUTION OF A REMOTE FUNCTION ON A PREDETERMINED DATE |
| JP2003323546A (en) * | 2002-04-30 | 2003-11-14 | Sparx Asset Management Co Ltd | L / S fund management system |
| US7596523B2 (en) | 2002-09-09 | 2009-09-29 | Barra, Inc. | Method and apparatus for network-based portfolio management and risk-analysis |
| US7657474B1 (en) | 2003-03-04 | 2010-02-02 | Mantas, Inc. | Method and system for the detection of trading compliance violations for fixed income securities |
| DE202005002890U1 (en) * | 2004-03-22 | 2005-07-14 | Sap Ag | Systems for managing and reporting financial information |
| US20060143161A1 (en) * | 2004-12-29 | 2006-06-29 | Munro Jillian P | System and method for maintaining continuity of operations |
| US8200707B2 (en) | 2006-11-08 | 2012-06-12 | Mitchell International, Inc. | Compliance manager |
| US7680719B1 (en) | 2006-12-12 | 2010-03-16 | Goldman Sachs & Co. | Method, system and apparatus for wealth management |
| US20080228620A1 (en) * | 2007-03-16 | 2008-09-18 | Johnson James C | System And Method For Transfer Of Confirmation Data In A Distributed Electronic Trading System |
| EP2252967A4 (en) * | 2008-01-23 | 2014-01-22 | Superderivatives Inc | Device, system, and method of generating a customized trade article |
| US10748214B2 (en) * | 2009-08-11 | 2020-08-18 | Ce Tm Holdings Llc | Method and system for measuring exposure of an investment fund to an issuer of financial assets |
| CA2681251A1 (en) | 2009-09-30 | 2011-03-30 | Royal Bank Of Canada | System and method for monitoring securities compliance for related entities |
| US20130132291A1 (en) * | 2011-11-22 | 2013-05-23 | Bank Of America | Assessing agreement compliance |
| US10430879B2 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2019-10-01 | Nyse Mkt Llc | Systems and methods for trades priced relative to a reference benchmark value associated with an underlying index future |
| WO2015037499A1 (en) * | 2013-09-13 | 2015-03-19 | 株式会社Ubic | Behavioral analysis system, behavioral analysis method, and behavioral analysis program |
| WO2019043729A2 (en) * | 2017-09-01 | 2019-03-07 | Venkatesan Aravindan | Performance management system and method for rotating savings and credit asset |
| US11481389B2 (en) * | 2017-12-18 | 2022-10-25 | Fortia Financial Solutions | Generating an executable code based on a document |
| GB2595794A (en) * | 2019-02-22 | 2021-12-08 | Fundlab Tech Inc | Financial instrument composition visualization tool |
| US11409946B2 (en) | 2020-03-27 | 2022-08-09 | Imp Partners Llc | System and method for linking financial management accounts to source compliance documentation |
| CN112348552A (en) * | 2020-09-27 | 2021-02-09 | 北京淇瑀信息科技有限公司 | Computer-aided resource delivery management method and platform based on early warning service |
| KR102440950B1 (en) * | 2022-01-25 | 2022-09-07 | 주식회사 티톡 | Compliance system |
| KR102440949B1 (en) * | 2022-01-25 | 2022-09-07 | 주식회사 티톡 | Monitoring service provision device for fund management compliance monitoring |
| US12155641B1 (en) | 2022-04-15 | 2024-11-26 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Network access tokens and meta-application programming interfaces for enhanced inter-enterprise system data promulgation and profiling |
| CN116708305B (en) * | 2023-08-03 | 2023-10-27 | 深圳市新国都支付技术有限公司 | Financial data transaction cryptographic algorithm application method and device |
Family Cites Families (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5644727A (en) * | 1987-04-15 | 1997-07-01 | Proprietary Financial Products, Inc. | System for the operation and management of one or more financial accounts through the use of a digital communication and computation system for exchange, investment and borrowing |
| US5675746A (en) * | 1992-09-30 | 1997-10-07 | Marshall; Paul S. | Virtual reality generator for use with financial information |
| US5987432A (en) * | 1994-06-29 | 1999-11-16 | Reuters, Ltd. | Fault-tolerant central ticker plant system for distributing financial market data |
| US7249037B2 (en) * | 1996-09-09 | 2007-07-24 | Bancorp Services L.L.P. | System for managing a stable value protected investment plan |
| US6064985A (en) * | 1998-01-21 | 2000-05-16 | Assured Equities, Inc. | Automated portfolio management system with internet datafeed |
-
2000
- 2000-03-31 WO PCT/US2000/008642 patent/WO2000058900A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2000-03-31 EP EP00921568A patent/EP1212711A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2000-03-31 CA CA002369296A patent/CA2369296A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2000-03-31 JP JP2000608322A patent/JP2003504701A/en active Pending
- 2000-03-31 CN CN 00808296 patent/CN1353842A/en active Pending
- 2000-03-31 AU AU41867/00A patent/AU4186700A/en not_active Abandoned
Cited By (37)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN101166118B (en) * | 2007-09-30 | 2011-06-08 | 华为技术有限公司 | User configuration information processing method and business report system |
| US12154102B2 (en) | 2008-10-31 | 2024-11-26 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Payment vehicle with on and off function |
| US12469025B2 (en) | 2008-10-31 | 2025-11-11 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Payment vehicle with on and off function |
| US12462248B2 (en) | 2008-10-31 | 2025-11-04 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Payment vehicle with on and off function |
| US12217248B1 (en) | 2008-10-31 | 2025-02-04 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Payment vehicle with on and off function |
| US12333551B2 (en) | 2015-03-27 | 2025-06-17 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Token management system |
| US12205121B2 (en) | 2015-03-27 | 2025-01-21 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Token management system |
| US12112313B2 (en) | 2015-07-31 | 2024-10-08 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Connected payment card systems and methods |
| CN105913221A (en) * | 2016-04-08 | 2016-08-31 | 佛山市融信通企业咨询服务有限公司 | On-line accounting system based on WEB/IIS |
| US12223091B2 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2025-02-11 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Control tower for linking accounts to applications |
| US12333047B2 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2025-06-17 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Scrubbing account data accessed via links to applications or devices |
| US12174992B1 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2024-12-24 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Access control interface for managing entities and permissions |
| US12182376B2 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2024-12-31 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Control tower restrictions on third party platforms |
| US12197696B2 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2025-01-14 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Access control tower |
| US12198130B2 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2025-01-14 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Access control tower |
| US12493716B2 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2025-12-09 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Control tower for unlinking applications from accounts |
| US12206674B2 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2025-01-21 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Access control tower |
| US12130937B1 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2024-10-29 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Control tower for prospective transactions |
| US12321490B2 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2025-06-03 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Scrubbing account data accessed via links to applications or devices |
| US12229385B2 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2025-02-18 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Access control interface for managing entities and permissions |
| US12229384B2 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2025-02-18 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Access control interface for managing entities and permissions |
| US12314435B2 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2025-05-27 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Control tower for defining access permissions based on data type |
| US12299657B2 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2025-05-13 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Control tower for prospective transactions |
| US12248611B2 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2025-03-11 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Unlinking applications from accounts |
| US12354111B2 (en) * | 2017-04-25 | 2025-07-08 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | System and method for card control |
| US20240127256A1 (en) * | 2017-04-25 | 2024-04-18 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | System and method for card control |
| US12299691B2 (en) | 2017-04-25 | 2025-05-13 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | System and method for card control |
| US12450613B1 (en) | 2017-04-25 | 2025-10-21 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | System and method for card control |
| US12373884B2 (en) | 2017-07-06 | 2025-07-29 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Data control tower |
| CN110532373A (en) * | 2019-07-17 | 2019-12-03 | 平安科技(深圳)有限公司 | Generation method, device, computer equipment and the storage medium of finance data |
| US12238051B2 (en) | 2020-09-04 | 2025-02-25 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Synchronous interfacing with unaffiliated networked systems to alter functionality of sets of electronic assets |
| CN112395371A (en) * | 2020-12-10 | 2021-02-23 | 深圳迅策科技有限公司 | Financial institution asset classification processing method and device and readable medium |
| CN112395371B (en) * | 2020-12-10 | 2024-05-28 | 深圳迅策科技有限公司 | Financial institution asset classification processing method, device and readable medium |
| CN112581288B (en) * | 2020-12-11 | 2024-05-17 | 京东科技控股股份有限公司 | Task processing method, system, electronic device and storage medium |
| CN112581288A (en) * | 2020-12-11 | 2021-03-30 | 京东数字科技控股股份有限公司 | Task processing method, system, electronic device and storage medium |
| US12238112B2 (en) | 2021-01-05 | 2025-02-25 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Digital account controls portal and protocols for federated and non-federated systems and devices |
| US12469015B2 (en) | 2022-04-12 | 2025-11-11 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Systems and methods for private network issuance of digital currency |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| AU4186700A (en) | 2000-10-16 |
| WO2000058900A1 (en) | 2000-10-05 |
| EP1212711A4 (en) | 2002-07-31 |
| EP1212711A1 (en) | 2002-06-12 |
| CA2369296A1 (en) | 2000-10-05 |
| JP2003504701A (en) | 2003-02-04 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| CN1353842A (en) | Portfolio investment guideline compliance and financial fund administration system | |
| CN1322325A (en) | Communiation of credit filtered prices in electronic brokerage system | |
| CN100347696C (en) | Method and system for enterprise business process management | |
| CN1568476A (en) | System and method for reinsurance placement | |
| CN1255763C (en) | Automated system for conditional order transactions in securities or other items in commerce | |
| CN1501308A (en) | A method of managing transactions and settlements, a method of notifying information about consumption trends | |
| CN1542665A (en) | Computerized dispute resolution system and method | |
| CN1472681A (en) | Large and medium medicnie chain circulation computer managing system and method | |
| US20040083164A1 (en) | System and method for generating residential loan documents from multiple and diverse databases | |
| CN1942890A (en) | System and method for seller-assisted automated payment processing and exception management | |
| CN1750036A (en) | System and method for mnaging, exchanging and purchasing medium of electronic bill and electronic check | |
| CN1659568A (en) | System and method for project bid and requisition process | |
| CN1653450A (en) | business analysis tools | |
| CN1278346A (en) | Proxy asset data processor | |
| Bae et al. | Implementation of ERP systems: accounting and auditing implications | |
| CN1316077A (en) | Smaller investors can create and manage on cost-effective basis, complex portfolio of securities or other properties | |
| US20070129960A1 (en) | Corporate actions monitoring, evaluation and notification system and method | |
| CN1484802A (en) | Service improvement support system and method thereof | |
| CN1787006A (en) | System and method for evaluating risk and value of investment stock | |
| HK1046181A1 (en) | Global investor client access system | |
| CN1254133A (en) | Intelligent data structure adopting network, processing equipment and its medium | |
| CN101044477A (en) | Construction payment management system and method | |
| US8131610B2 (en) | Method and software application for computer aided customer independent cash collection using a state field in a data record | |
| US20070130066A1 (en) | Method and software application for supporting the processing of invoices | |
| Biantara et al. | Analysis of Accounting Data Mutation at Company Closing Times Listed in IDX of 2018 |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| C10 | Entry into substantive examination | ||
| SE01 | Entry into force of request for substantive examination | ||
| C06 | Publication | ||
| PB01 | Publication | ||
| C02 | Deemed withdrawal of patent application after publication (patent law 2001) | ||
| WD01 | Invention patent application deemed withdrawn after publication |